WO2023011329A1 - 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 - Google Patents
一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023011329A1 WO2023011329A1 PCT/CN2022/108771 CN2022108771W WO2023011329A1 WO 2023011329 A1 WO2023011329 A1 WO 2023011329A1 CN 2022108771 W CN2022108771 W CN 2022108771W WO 2023011329 A1 WO2023011329 A1 WO 2023011329A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- mdcp
- pdu
- data
- slc
- layer
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 211
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 211
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 148
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 73
- CDDBPMZDDVHXFN-ONEGZZNKSA-N 2-[(e)-3-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)prop-2-enyl]-1-hydroxypiperidine Chemical compound ON1CCCCC1C\C=C\C1=CC=C(OCO2)C2=C1 CDDBPMZDDVHXFN-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 1020
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 claims description 61
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 claims description 61
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 53
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 claims description 48
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 47
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 41
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 464
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000005236 sound signal Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001621 AMOLED Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000013528 artificial neural network Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000352 storage cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000577 Silicon-germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010985 leather Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011218 segmentation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 2
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ge] Chemical compound [Si].[Ge] LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013473 artificial intelligence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007175 bidirectional communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013529 biological neural network Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003238 somatosensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/04—Protocols for data compression, e.g. ROHC
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/14—Relay systems
- H04B7/15—Active relay systems
- H04B7/185—Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
- H04B7/1853—Satellite systems for providing telephony service to a mobile station, i.e. mobile satellite service
- H04B7/18567—Arrangements for providing additional services to the basic mobile satellite telephony service
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/30—Definitions, standards or architectural aspects of layered protocol stacks
- H04L69/32—Architecture of open systems interconnection [OSI] 7-layer type protocol stacks, e.g. the interfaces between the data link level and the physical level
- H04L69/322—Intralayer communication protocols among peer entities or protocol data unit [PDU] definitions
- H04L69/326—Intralayer communication protocols among peer entities or protocol data unit [PDU] definitions in the transport layer [OSI layer 4]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/004—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
- H04L1/0056—Systems characterized by the type of code used
- H04L1/0061—Error detection codes
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of satellite communications, and in particular to a data transmission control method, system and related devices in the Beidou communication system.
- the Beidou satellite navigation system is a major infrastructure independently developed by my country that integrates positioning, timing, and communication.
- the Beidou short message communication service is one of the characteristics of the Beidou satellite navigation system that distinguishes it from other global navigation systems such as GPS, GLONASS, and GALILEO.
- the Beidou short message communication service is especially suitable for communication in areas where mobile communication is not covered, or cannot be covered, or the communication system is damaged, such as oceans, deserts, grasslands, and uninhabited areas.
- the short message system of the Beidou-3 satellite has upgraded the short message technical system and opened some necessary resources of the Beidou short message system to civilian use. According to the characteristics of civilian services and equipment, communication needs to be designed according to the characteristics of the Beidou short message system protocol.
- the communication system of the Beidou short message service communicates through satellite links, its main characteristics are: 1. Time extension; 2. High link loss; 3. The supported services are mainly burst short message services; 4. Does not support link state management, mobility management, broadcast control information, etc.
- the current wireless communication protocol cannot be applied to the communication system of the Beidou short message service, because: due to the long distance of satellite communication, the communication system of the Beidou short message service requires high terminal transmission power.
- the limitation of the radio frequency capability of the civil terminal causes the inbound rate to be much lower than that of the dedicated terminal. Therefore, it is necessary to specifically design a data transmission process, so that under the constraints of the Beidou communication system and the rate limitation, signaling overhead and invalid transmission can be reduced, so as to achieve reliable and orderly data transmission.
- This application provides a data transmission control method, system and related devices in the Beidou communication system.
- the terminal can reduce signaling overhead and reduce invalid transmission. Realize reliable and orderly data transmission.
- the present application provides a data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system
- the method may include: the terminal adds the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU to the filling data and the redundant length at the message data convergence MDCP layer After the indication field, it is divided into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDU, M is a positive integer; wherein, the redundant length indication field is used to indicate the data length of the padding data, and the M MDCP PDUs include the first MDCP PDU, and the second
- the header information of an MDCP PDU includes a successor indication field, and the successor indication field is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs; the terminal sends the first MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device.
- the terminal can also reliably transmit data to the Beidou network equipment.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the header information of the MDCP PDU includes a successor indication field, which is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs, and the device receiving the MDCP PDU can know whether the received MDCP PDU is incorrect according to the successor indication field. In this way, signaling overhead and invalid transmissions can be reduced.
- the terminal after the terminal adds the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU to the padding data and the redundant length indication field at the message data convergence MDCP layer, the terminal is divided into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP
- the PDU specifically includes: the terminal generates an application layer message at the application layer; the terminal uses the application layer message as the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and after adding padding data and a redundant length indication field to the first MDCP SDU, it is divided into M MDCP PDUs.
- the terminal uses the application layer message as the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and after the first MDCP SDU is added with padding data and a redundant length indication field, before it is divided into M MDCP PDUs, the method It also includes: the terminal obtains the original data; the terminal compresses the original data at the application layer to obtain compressed data; the terminal encrypts the compressed data at the application layer to obtain encrypted data; the terminal adds header information to the encrypted data header, The application layer message is obtained; wherein, the message header information includes a compression indication field and an encryption indication field, the compression indication field is used to indicate the compression algorithm used when compressing the original data, and the encryption indication field is used to indicate the compression algorithm used when the compressed data is encrypted. Encryption Algorithm.
- the terminal sends the first MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device, which specifically includes: the terminal transmits the first MDCP PDU to the satellite link control SLC layer as the first satellite link control layer of the SLC layer Service data unit SLC SDU; the terminal divides the first SLC SDU into N satellite link control layer protocol data units SLC PDU at the SLC layer, and N is a positive integer; wherein, the N SLC PDUs include the first SLC PDU, the first SLC PDU
- the frame header information includes the service data unit alternate indication SAI field, the total frame number field and the frame sequence number field; the SAI field is used to indicate whether the first SLC PDU is retransmission data, and the frame total number field is used to indicate that the first SLC SDU includes the SLC PDU
- the total number N the frame number field is used to indicate the frame number of the first SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU; the terminal sends the first SLC PDU to the Beidou network device.
- the value of the SAI field of the SLC PDU is flipped or not to indicate whether the SLC PDU is retransmission data, which can ensure that the Beidou network equipment can identify whether the received SLC PDU is retransmission data, and ensure that the data in the Beidou communication system Continuous transmission.
- the terminal sends the first SLC PDU to the Beidou network device, which specifically includes: the terminal sends the first SLC PDU from the SLC layer to the physical PHY layer as the first coding block of the PHY layer; the terminal Add check bit information at the end of the first coded block at the PHY layer, and encode the first coded block and the check bit information to obtain the first coded data; the terminal inserts pilot information into the first coded data at the PHY layer, Obtain the first pilot data; the terminal modulates the first pilot data and the synchronization header of the first pilot data at the PHY layer to obtain the first modulated data and the first modulated synchronization header; the terminal modulates the first modulated data at the PHY layer Perform spectrum spreading with the modulation synchronization header to obtain the first spread spectrum modulation data; the terminal sends the first spread spectrum modulation data as the first physical frame to the Beidou network device at the PHY layer.
- the terminal determines the data length of the first MDCP PDU according to the data length of the first MDCP SDU and the data length of the first physical frame.
- the terminal can learn how to split the MDCP SDU into multiple MDCP PDUs.
- a data transmission control method in a Beidou communication system may include: the Beidou network equipment receives M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal, and M is a positive integer; wherein, M The MDCP PDU includes the first MDCP PDU, and the header information of the first MDCP PDU includes a successor indication field, which is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs; Beidou network equipment will M MDCP PDUs are spliced into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the Beidou network device can accurately splice multiple MDCP PDUs into MDCP SDUs according to the order of the MDCP PDU in multiple MDCP PDUs indicated by the successor indication field in the MDCP PDU.
- the Beidou network equipment splices the M MDCP PDUs into the first message data aggregation layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: when the Beidou network equipment receives the second When the successor in the MDCP PDU indicates that the second MDCP PDU is the last one of the M MDCP PDUs, the Beidou network equipment will splice the M MDCP PDUs into the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and send the first MDCP SDU as an application layer message from The MDCP layer reports to the application layer.
- the application layer message includes message header information and encrypted data
- the message header information includes an encryption indication field and a compression indication field
- the compression indication field is used to instruct the terminal to compress the original data into compressed data
- the compression algorithm used when the encryption indication field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm used when the terminal encrypts the compressed data into encrypted data
- the method also includes: the Beidou network equipment uses the encryption indicated by the encryption indication field in the application layer message at the application layer The algorithm decrypts the encrypted data in the application layer message to obtain compressed data; the Beidou network device decompresses the compressed data at the application layer through the compression algorithm indicated by the compression indication field in the application layer message to obtain the original data.
- this also includes: the Beidou network device splicing N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and reporting the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC layer of the Beidou network device For the MDCP layer of Beidou network equipment; wherein, the N SLC PDUs include the first SLC PDU, and the frame header information of the first SLC PDU includes the service data unit alternate indication SAI field, the total number of frames field and the frame sequence number field; the SAI field is used for Indicates whether the first SLC PDU is retransmission data, the total number of frames field is used to indicate the total number N of SLC PDUs included in the first SLC SDU, and the frame sequence number field is used to indicate the frame sequence number of the first SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU.
- the Beidou network device splicing N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and reporting the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU
- the Beidou network device splices N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and reports the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC layer of the Beidou network device to the Beidou network device before the MDCP layer, the method also includes: the Beidou network device acquires the first spread spectrum modulation data sent by the terminal at the PHY layer; the Beidou network device despreads the first spread spectrum modulation data at the PHY layer to obtain the first modulation The data and the first modulation synchronization header; the Beidou network equipment demodulates the first modulation data and the first modulation synchronization header at the PHY layer to obtain the first pilot data and the first synchronization header; the Beidou network equipment removes the first pilot frequency at the PHY layer The pilot information in the frequency data is used to obtain the first encoded data; the Beidou network equipment decodes the first encoded data at the PHY layer to obtain the first encoded block and the first verification information; the
- the Beidou network device splices M MDCP PDUs into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: the Beidou network device removes the M MDCP PDUs at the MDCP layer After the successor indication field of each MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDU, the M MDCP PDUs are spliced into the first MDCP SDU in the order indicated by the successor indication of each MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- a data transmission control method in a Beidou communication system may include: Beidou network equipment divides the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocols at the message data convergence MDCP layer Data unit MDCP PDU, M is a positive integer; wherein, M MDCP PDUs include the first MDCP PDU, the header information of the first MDCP PDU includes a successor indication field, and the successor indication field is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is in the M MDCP PDU In the sequence; Beidou network equipment sends the first MDCP PDU.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the header information of the MDCP PDU includes a successor indication field, which is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs, and the device receiving the MDCP PDU can know whether the received MDCP PDU is incorrect according to the successor indication field. In this way, signaling overhead and invalid transmissions can be reduced.
- the Beidou network equipment divides the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, specifically including: Beidou network equipment in The application layer generates the application layer message; Beidou network equipment regards the application layer message as the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and divides the first MDCP SDU into M MDCP PDUs.
- Beidou network devices generate application layer messages at the application layer, specifically including: Beidou network devices obtain original data; Beidou network devices compress the original data at the application layer to obtain compressed data; Beidou network devices Encrypt the compressed data at the application layer to obtain encrypted data; Beidou network equipment adds message header information to the encrypted data header to obtain an application layer message; wherein, the message header information includes a compression indication field and an encryption indication field, The compression indication field is used to indicate the compression algorithm used when compressing the original data, and the encryption indication field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm used when the compressed data is encrypted.
- the Beidou network device sending the first MDCP PDU specifically includes: the Beidou network device transmitting the first MDCP PDU to the satellite link control SLC layer as the SLC layer The first satellite link control layer service data unit SLC SDU; Beidou network equipment divides the first SLC SDU into N satellite link control layer protocol data units SLC PDU at the SLC layer, and N is a positive integer; wherein, the N SLC PDUs include The first SLC PDU, the frame header information of the first SLC PDU includes the first user ID field and the first frame type field, the first user ID field is used to indicate the terminal receiving the first user frame, and the first frame type field is used to indicate The frame type of the first user frame; Beidou network equipment sends the first SLC PDU.
- the Beidou network device sends the first physical frame and the second physical frame, including: the Beidou network device adds the first check bit information at the end of the first physical frame at the PHY layer, and adds the first check bit information to the first
- the physical frame and the first parity information are encoded to obtain the first coded data
- the second parity information is added at the end of the second physical frame, and the second physical frame and the second parity information are encoded to obtain the second Coded data
- Beidou network equipment modulates the first coded data and the first reserved field of the first coded data at the PHY layer to obtain the first modulated data, and modulates the second coded data and the second reserved field of the second coded data to obtain The second modulated data
- the Beidou network equipment spreads the first modulated data at the PHY layer to obtain the first spread spectrum modulated data, and spreads the second modulated data to obtain the second spread spectrum modulated data
- the Beidou network equipment sends at the PHY layer The first spread spectrum modulation data and the first
- the method further includes: the Beidou network device determines the data length of the first MDCP PDU according to the data length of the first MDCP SDU and the data length of the first physical frame.
- Beidou network equipment can learn how to split the MDCP SDU into multiple MDCP PDUs.
- a data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system may include: the terminal receives M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDUs sent by Beidou network equipment, M is a positive integer; wherein M The MDCP PDU includes the first MDCP PDU, and the header information of the first MDCP PDU includes a successor indication field, which is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs; the terminal aggregates the M MDCP PDUs at the message data aggregation layer The MDCP PDU is spliced into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the terminal can accurately splice multiple MDCP PDUs into an MDCP SDU according to the order of the MDCP PDU in multiple MDCP PDUs indicated by the successor indication field in the MDCP PDU.
- the terminal splices M MDCP PDUs into a first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: when the terminal receives the second MDCP PDU and subsequently indicates the first When the second MDCP PDU is the last of the M MDCP PDUs, the terminal splices the M MDCP PDUs into the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and reports the first MDCP SDU as an application layer message from the MDCP layer to the application layer.
- the application layer message includes message header information and encrypted data
- the message header information includes an encryption indication field and a compression indication field
- the compression indication field is used to instruct the terminal to compress the original data into compressed data
- the method also includes: the terminal uses the encryption algorithm indicated by the encryption indication field in the application layer message at the application layer, Decrypt the encrypted data in the application layer message to obtain compressed data; the terminal decompresses the compressed data at the application layer through the compression algorithm indicated by the compression indication field in the application layer message to obtain the original data.
- the method may further include: the Beidou network device splicing N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and using the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC of the Beidou network device The layer reports to the MDCP layer of Beidou network equipment; wherein, the N SLC PDUs include the first SLC PDU, and the frame header information of the first SLC PDU includes the first user ID field and the first frame type field, and the first user ID field is used for Indicates the terminal receiving the first user frame, and the first frame type field is used to indicate the frame type of the first user frame.
- the terminal splices N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and reports the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC layer of the Beidou network device to the MDCP of the Beidou network device Before the layer, the method may further include: the terminal acquires the first spread spectrum modulation data sent by the terminal at the PHY layer; the terminal despreads the first spread spectrum modulation data at the PHY layer to obtain the first modulation data and the second spread spectrum modulation data.
- a modulated sync header the terminal demodulates the first modulated data and the first modulated sync header at the PHY layer to obtain the first pilot data and the first sync header; the terminal removes the pilot information in the first pilot data at the PHY layer , to obtain the first coded data; Beidou network equipment decodes the first coded data at the PHY layer to obtain the physical frame of the first coded block and the first verification information; the terminal performs the first coded data based on the first verification information at the PHY layer
- the coding block is verified, and after the verification is successful, the first user frame with the same ID field as the terminal ID in the first coding block is presented as the first SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU in the SLC layer of the terminal from the PHY layer SLC layer for the terminal.
- the terminal splices M MDCP PDUs into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: the terminal removes each MDCP in the M MDCP PDUs at the MDCP layer After the successor indication field of the PDU, the M MDCP PDUs are spliced into the first MDCP SDU according to the order indicated by the successor indication of each MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- a Beidou communication system which may include Beidou network equipment and terminals; wherein, the terminal may be used to perform the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect and the fourth aspect above; Beidou
- the network device may be configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect and the third aspect above.
- the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver.
- the transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the The communication device executes the method in any one possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect and fourth aspect.
- the communication device may be a terminal or other product form equipment.
- the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver.
- the transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the The communication device executes the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect and the third aspect above.
- the communication device may be Beidou network equipment, or any network element or a combination of multiple network elements in the Beidou network equipment.
- the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions.
- the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect and the third aspect above.
- the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions.
- the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect and the fourth aspect above.
- the present application provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned second aspect and the third aspect.
- the present application provides a computer program product.
- the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect and the fourth aspect above.
- the present application provides a chip or a chip system applied to a terminal, including a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code Instructions to execute the method in any one possible implementation manner of the first aspect and the fourth aspect above.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a Beidou communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a data inbound transmission process in a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation framework for inbound data of a Beidou communication system 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for inbound data of a Beidou communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
- Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a plurality of MDCP PDUs are successfully transmitted in the embodiment of the present application;
- Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a single MDCP PDU is successfully transmitted in the embodiment of the present application;
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a scenario where multiple MDCP PDU transmission failures provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which multiple MDCP PDU transmission failures provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a plurality of MDCP PDUs are successfully transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the protocol processing flow of the Beidou communication system 10 at the MDCP layer and the SLC layer provided by the embodiment of the present application;
- FIG. 11A is a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG. 11B is a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided by the embodiment of the present application;
- FIG. 11C is a schematic flow diagram of a data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11D is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling data transmission in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the “multiple” The meaning is two or more.
- a Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
- Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a Beidou communication system 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the Beidou communication system 10 may include a terminal 100 , a Beidou short message satellite 21 , a Beidou network device 200 , a short message center 25 and a terminal 300 .
- the Beidou communication system 10 may also include an emergency rescue platform 26 and an emergency rescue center 27 .
- the terminal 100 can send the short message information to the Beidou short message satellite 21, and the Beidou short message satellite 21 only relays and directly forwards the short message information sent by the terminal 100 to the Beidou network equipment 200 on the ground.
- the Beidou network device 200 can analyze the short message information forwarded by the satellite according to the Beidou communication protocol, and forward the content of the general message type parsed from the short message information to the short message center (short message service center, SMSC) 25.
- SMSC short message service center
- the short message center 25 can forward the content of the message to the terminal 300 through a traditional cellular communication network.
- the Beidou network device 200 may also send the emergency message sent by the terminal 100 to the emergency rescue center 27 through the emergency rescue platform 26 .
- the terminal 300 can also send the short message to the short message center 25 through a traditional cellular communication network.
- the short message center 25 can forward the short message of the terminal 300 to the Beidou network device 200 .
- the Beidou network device 200 can relay the short message of the terminal 300 to the terminal 100 through the Beidou short message satellite 21 .
- the above-mentioned Beidou network equipment 200 may include a Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , a Beidou central station 23 and a Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 .
- the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 may include one or more devices with a sending function and one or more devices with a receiving function, or may include one or more devices with a sending function and a receiving function, which is not limited herein .
- the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used for the data processing function of the Beidou network equipment 200 in the physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY).
- the Beidou central station 23 can be used for the Beidou network device 200 to process data at the satellite link layer (satellite link control protocol, SLC) layer and the message convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP).
- the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to process data at the application layer (application layer protocol, APP).
- the Beidou communication system 10 since the Beidou communication system 10 communicates through satellite links, its main characteristics are: time extension (about 270 ms in one direction) and large link loss.
- the services currently supported by the Beidou communication system 10 are mainly burst short message services, and do not support link state management, mobility management, and broadcast control information.
- the terminal 100 can actively send data to the Beidou network device 200 through the Beidou short message satellite 21 .
- the central station on the ground cannot actively page users. Due to the long propagation distance of satellite communication, the Beidou communication system 10 requires high transmission power of the terminal 100 . Due to the limitation of the radio frequency device on the current terminal 100, the terminal 100 cannot continuously send signals to the Beidou short message satellite 21 for a long time. In order not to damage the radio frequency device on the terminal 100 as much as possible, after the radio frequency device of the terminal 100 has been working for a period of time in the sending state, it must stop working for a period of time before continuing to switch to the sending state to continue working.
- the duration of the sending state on the terminal 100 is determined by the underlying hardware capability of the terminal 100 .
- the terminal 100 in order to ensure that the data received by the terminal 100 and the data sent do not interfere with each other, the terminal 100 does not support sending data and receiving data simultaneously. The terminal 100 needs to wait to receive the data sent by the Beidou network device 200 after sending the data.
- the working mode of the Beidou network device 200 may be a duplex mode, which can send and receive data at the same time, and the Beidou network device 200 can send and receive data for a long time.
- the usage habits of ordinary consumers may send more data at one time.
- the terminal needs to send the data in multiple frames, so the sending time will be longer.
- the message convergence protocol (message data convergence protocol, MDCP) is defined.
- MDCP message data convergence protocol
- the MDCP layer can receive application layer data transmitted from the application layer, and send processed data packets to the lower satellite link control layer (satellite link control protocol, SLC).
- an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system, and the terminal 100 can use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU of the MDCP layer.
- the terminal 100 may add padding to a specified length at the end of an MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and add a redundant length indication field at the end of the padding data field or at the head of the MDCP SDU.
- the redundant length indication field may be used to indicate the length of the padding data.
- the terminal 100 can split the MDCP SDU filled with redundant data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segement), and add
- the successor indication field is used to obtain the MDCP PDU, that is, the MDCP PDU includes M_segment and the successor indication field.
- the follow-up indication field can be used to indicate that the current MDCP PDU is the start frame or the middle frame or the last frame in the frames sent continuously; or it is a frame sent separately.
- the terminal 100 can send one or more MDCP PDUs to the Beidou network device 200.
- the Beidou network device 200 can combine multiple MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU according to the successor indication field in the MDCP PDU.
- the terminal 100 can also send data to the Beidou network device 200 .
- the scenario where the terminal 100 sends data to the Beidou network device 200 is defined as inbound, and the scenario where the Beidou network device 200 sends data to the terminal 100 is defined as outbound.
- Fig. 2 shows an inbound data transmission process in a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- data inbound may refer to the terminal 100 sending data to the Beidou network device 200 .
- the terminal 100 may send a data frame to the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 .
- the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can send the data frame to the Beidou central station 23 .
- the Beidou central station 23 can aggregate the data frames into a data message and report it to the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 .
- the Beidou central station 23 may return an acknowledgment character (acknowledge character, ACK) of the SLC layer to the terminal 100 after receiving the data frame sent by the terminal 100.
- the ACK can be used to indicate whether the Beidou network device 200 has successfully received the data frame sent by the terminal 100 .
- a protocol encapsulation framework for inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
- FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation architecture of inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the terminal 100 can be divided into application layer (application layer protocol), message convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP), satellite link layer (satellite link control protocol, SLC) ) and physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY).
- application layer protocol application layer protocol
- message convergence layer messages data convergence protocol
- MDCP message data convergence protocol
- satellite link layer satellite link control protocol
- SLC satellite link control protocol
- PHY physical layer protocol
- the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the terminal 100 can be as follows:
- the terminal 100 can compress the original data into compressed data through a compression algorithm, and add a compression indication field in front of the compressed data, wherein the compression indication field can be used to indicate the compression algorithm type of the compressed data.
- the terminal 100 may encrypt the compressed data to obtain encrypted data, and add an encryption algorithm field to the header of the encrypted data, where the encryption algorithm field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm type of the encrypted data.
- the terminal 100 may encapsulate the encrypted data, the compressed indication field, and the encrypted indication field into an application layer message and send it to the MDCP layer.
- the application layer message includes a message header and message data.
- the message header includes a compression indication field, an encryption indication field, and the like.
- the message data includes the above-mentioned encrypted data.
- the terminal 100 may also encrypt the compression indication field and the compressed data together to obtain encrypted data.
- the terminal 100 can obtain the application layer message sent by the APP layer through the interlayer interface, and use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU.
- the terminal 100 can add padding to a specified length at the end of the MDCP SDU, and add a redundant length indication field at the head of the MDCP SDU.
- the redundant length indication field may be used to indicate the length of the padding data.
- the terminal 100 can split the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segement), and add a follow-up indication to the header of each MDCP segment data Field, get MDCP PDU, that is, MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication field.
- MDCP PDU that is, MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication field.
- the follow-up indication field can be used to indicate that the current MDCP PDU is the initial MDCP PDU or the middle MDCP PDU or the last MDCP PDU of multiple MDCP PDUs sent continuously; or it is an MDCP PDU sent separately.
- the terminal 100 can obtain the MDCP PDU sent by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU.
- the terminal 100 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more (up to 4) fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segement), and add frame header information to each S_segment header to obtain the SLC PDU.
- the frame header information includes a service data unit alternated indicator (service data unit alternated indicator, SAI) field, a frame total number field, and a frame sequence number field.
- SAI service data unit alternated indicator
- the SAI field can be used to indicate whether the SLC PDU belongs to a SLC SDU that has not been sent.
- the total number of frames field can be used to indicate the total number of SLC PDUs included in the SLC SDU to which the SLC PDU belongs.
- the frame sequence number field can be used to indicate the sequence number of the SLC PDU in the SLC SDU to which it belongs.
- the terminal 100 can obtain the SLC PDU issued by the SLC layer through the interlayer interface, as a code block (code block) of the PHY layer, and add a synchronization header at the head of the code block, and add a calibration at the end of the code block. Parity field.
- a cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC) may be used to check the code block, therefore, the check digit field may include a CRC code.
- the terminal 100 can code the code block and the parity bit field (for example, polar coding) to obtain coded data (coded data), and then insert a pilot into the coded data to obtain pilot coded data (pilot+data).
- the terminal 100 sequentially modulates the synchronization header and pilot coded data through the underlying hardware to obtain modulated data (modulated data).
- modulated data modulated data
- the terminal 100 may perform spectrum spreading on the modulated data to obtain spread spectrum modulated data (spread+modulated data).
- the terminal 100 can send the spread-spectrum modulated data to the Beidou short message satellite 21, and then forward it to the Beidou network device 200 via the Beidou short message satellite 21.
- a protocol analysis framework for inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
- FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis architecture of inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the Beidou short message transmission protocol layer of Beidou network equipment 200 can be divided into application layer (application layer protocol), message convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP), satellite link layer (satellite link control protocol) , SLC) and physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY).
- the Beidou network device 200 may include a Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , a Beidou central station 23 and a Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 .
- the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the PHY layer.
- the Beidou central station 23 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the SLC layer and the MDCP layer.
- the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the APP layer.
- the workflow of the Beidou short message transmission protocol layer of the Beidou network device 200 can be as follows:
- the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the modulated and spread-spectrum coded pilot data sent by the terminal 100 .
- the Beidou network device 200 may despread the received spread spectrum modulated data (spread+modulated data) to obtain modulated data (modulated data). Then, the Beidou network device 200 can demodulate the modulated data to obtain pilot coded data (pilot+data). Next, the Beidou network device 200 removes the pilot information in the pilot coded data to obtain coded data (code data). Then, the Beidou network device 200 can decode the coded data, and verify the integrity of the code block (code block) through the check data in the check bit field. If it is complete, the Beidou network device 200 can extract the code block (code block), and present it to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC PDU of the SLC layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can splice the SLC PDUs belonging to the same SLC SDU into one SLC SDU based on the frame header information of the SLC PDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 can present the SLC SDU to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the MDCP PDU of the MDCP layer.
- Beidou network device 200 can splice all MDCP PDUs belonging to the same MDCP SDU into one MDCP SDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 can present the MDCP SDU to the APP layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message received by the APP layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can decrypt and decompress the application layer message based on the message header of the application layer message to obtain the original data.
- the redundant length indication field is used to indicate the length of padding in the MDCP SDU.
- the length of the redundant length indication field is 8 bits. It can be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the length of the redundant length indication field.
- the data length of the follow-up indication field may be 2 bits.
- the value and corresponding meaning of the subsequent indication field may be shown in Table 1 below.
- successor instructions illustrate 00 A single MDCP PDU 01 The first PDU of multiple MDCP PDUs 11 The middle PDU among multiple MDCP PDUs 10 The last PDU of multiple MDCP PDUs
- the follow-up indication field is "00", it means that the MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU; when the follow-up indication field is "01”, it means that the MDCP PDU is the first of multiple MDCP PDUs A PDU; when the successor indication field is "11”, it means that the MDCP PDU is the middle PDU among multiple MDCP PDUs; when the successor indication field is "10”, it means that the MDCP PDU is a multiple MDCP PDU The last PDU in the .
- the following shows the design of the follow-up indication field based on Table 1, and introduces the transmission scenarios of the MDCP PDU when there is no 00 field in the follow-up indication field of the MDCP PDU and when there is a 00 field in the follow-up indication field of the MDCP PDU.
- the value of the subsequent indication field does not include “00” and the corresponding meaning.
- the value of the subsequent indication field includes: “01”, “10”, and "11".
- the successor indication field of the MDCP PDU may be "01".
- the successor indication field of the MDCP PDU may be "11”.
- the successor indication field of the MDCP PDU can be "10".
- FIG. 5 exemplarily shows a scenario in which multiple MDCP PDUs are successfully transmitted when there is no 00 field in the follow-up indication field.
- the terminal 100 can send 4 MDCP PDUs to the Beidou network device 200.
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "01" is the first MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "11” is the middle MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "10” For the last PDU packet.
- Beidou network device 200 can successfully receive 4 MDCP PDUs.
- the terminal 100 sends an MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device 200
- the terminal 100 sends a new message to the Beidou network device 200 after receiving the ACK replied by the Beidou network device 200 for the SLC SDU corresponding to the MDCP PDU.
- MDCP PDUs MDCP PDUs.
- Figure 6 exemplarily shows a scenario where a single MDCP PDU is successfully transmitted when there is no 00 field in the follow-up indication field.
- the terminal 100 can send a single MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device 200.
- the successor indication field of this MDCP PDU is "10".
- the Beidou network device 200 can successfully receive the single MDCP PDU.
- Scenario 3 The last MDCP PDU among multiple MDCP PDUs is not received, waiting for timeout
- FIG. 7 exemplarily shows a scenario where multiple MDCP PDU transmissions fail when there is no 00 field in the follow-up indication field.
- the terminal 100 can send 4 MDCP PDUs to the Beidou network device 200.
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "01" is the first MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "11” is the middle MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "10” For the last PDU packet.
- the Beidou network device 200 has not received the last MDCP PDU among the 4 MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal 100.
- the Beidou network device 200 waits for a timeout, the terminal 100 fails to transmit, and this transmission ends normally.
- the Beidou network device waits for a timeout at the MDCP layer, that is, the Beidou network device receives the SLC SDU at the SLC layer and waits for a timeout.
- an SLC SDU includes N SLC PDUs, and the maximum time for a terminal to receive each SLC PDU is the first duration. If the Beidou network device has received an MDCP PDU at the MDCP layer, it has not received the next MDCP after the second duration When receiving PDU, it can be said that the device on the Beidou network waits for a timeout at the MDCP layer.
- the second duration may be N first durations.
- Scenario 4 The last MDCP PDU among multiple MDCP PDUs has not been received, and the wait has not timed out
- FIG. 8 exemplarily shows a scenario where multiple MDCP PDU transmissions fail when there is no 00 field in the follow-up indication field.
- the terminal 100 can send 4 MDCP PDUs to the Beidou network device 200.
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "01" is the first MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "11” is the middle MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "10” For the last PDU packet.
- the Beidou network device 200 has not received the last MDCP PDU among the 4 MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal 100.
- the Beidou network device 200 has not waited for a timeout, and the terminal 100 initiates a new service, that is, sends a new MDCP PDU.
- the new MDCP PDU is a separate MDCP PDU, and the successor indication field of the separate MDCP PDU is "10".
- the Beidou network device 200 may regard the single MDCP PDU as the last MDCP PDU among the 4 MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal 100 before. Then, the Beidou network device 200 combines the single MDCP PDU and 3 MDCP PDUs among the 4 MDCP PDUs received last time into one MDCP SDU. In this way, the Beidou network device 200 reassembles the MDCP SDU packet by mistake.
- the value of the subsequent indication field includes: “00”, “01”, “10”, and "11".
- Table 1 For the corresponding meaning of the value of the subsequent indication field, reference may be made to the description in Table 1 above.
- Scenario 5 The last PDU among multiple MDCP PDUs has not been received, and the wait has not timed out
- FIG. 9 exemplarily shows a scenario where multiple MDCP PDU transmissions fail when there is no 00 field in the follow-up indication field.
- the terminal 100 can send 4 MDCP PDUs to the Beidou network device 200.
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "01" is the first MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "11” is the middle MDCP PDU
- the MDCP PDU whose successor indication field is "10” For the last PDU packet.
- the Beidou network device 200 has not received the last MDCP PDU among the 4 MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal 100.
- the Beidou network device 200 did not wait for a timeout, and the terminal 100 sent a separate MDCP PDU, and the successor indication field of the separate MDCP PDU was "00".
- the Beidou network device 200 can determine that the MDCP PDU is a separate MDCP PDU according to the successor indication field "00" of the MDCP PDU. In this way, the Beidou network device 200 will not recombine the separate MDCP PDU with the MDCP PDU received by the Beidou network device 200 last time to form an MDCP SDU. That is, the Beidou network device 200 will not have the problem of misgrouping packets.
- the protocol processing flow of the Beidou communication system 10 for data at the MDCP layer and the SLC layer is specifically introduced below.
- Fig. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the protocol processing flow of the Beidou communication system 10 at the MDCP layer and the SLC layer provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal 100 can split the (padding) data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segment), and
- the header of each MDCP segment data adds a subsequent indication field to obtain an MDCP PDU, that is, an MDCP PDU includes M_segment and a subsequent indication field.
- the terminal 100 can store the MDCP PDU obtained by splitting into the MDCP layer sending buffer (MDCP Tx buffer) in the order of first-in first-out.
- the data length of the subsequent indication field may occupy 2 bits.
- the meaning of the value of the subsequent indication field may be as shown in Table 1 above.
- the terminal 100 can split the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into three MDCP PDUs, wherein, according to the order of high bits to low bits, the three MDCP PDUs
- the PDUs are MDCP PDU0, MDCP PDU1 and MDCP PDU2 in turn.
- MDCP PDU0 is the initial MDCP PDU in the current MDCP SDU
- the terminal 100 can set the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU0 to "01”.
- MDCP PDU1 is an intermediate MDCP PDU in the current MDCP SDU
- terminal 100 may set the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU1 to "11”.
- MDCP PDU2 is the last MDCP PDU in the current MDCP SDU, and terminal 100 can set the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU2 to "10".
- the terminal 100 may split the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into two MDCP PDUs, wherein, according to the order of high bits to low bits, these two The MDCP PDUs are MDCP PDU0 and MDCP PDU1 in turn.
- MDCP PDU0 is the initial MDCP PDU in the current MDCP SDU
- the terminal 100 can set the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU0 to "01”.
- MDCP PDU1 is the last MDCP PDU in the current MDCP SDU
- terminal 100 may set the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU1 to "10".
- the terminal 100 may use the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundancy length indication field as one MDCP PDU0. Wherein, since MDCP PDU0 is the only MDCP PDU in the current MDCP SDU, the terminal 100 can set the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU0 to "00".
- the SLC layer needs to divide the SLC SDU into multiple SLCs PDUs.
- the data length in the SLC PDU will limit the data length sent by the MDCP layer. Therefore, the MDCP layer also needs to divide an MDCP SDU into one or more MDCP PDUs.
- the terminal 100 at the SLC layer can send the state controller through the SLC layer, and control the SLC PDU sending strategy of the SLC layer based on the receiving feedback (for example, ACK) sent by the Beidou network device 200, including the initial transmission and re-transmission of the SLC PDU pass.
- the terminal 100 can obtain the MDCP PDU issued by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU.
- the terminal 100 sends the previous SLC SDU to the Beidou network device 200 and confirms that the Beidou network device 200 has successfully received it, it will obtain the next MDCP PDU from the MDCP layer as the next SLC SDU and send it to the Beidou network device 200.
- the terminal 100 divides the MDCP SDU into multiple MDCP PDUs at the MDCP layer, and the terminal 100 may transmit the multiple MDCP PDUs to the SLC layer of the terminal 100.
- the terminal 100 may split the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundancy length indication field into three MDCP PDUs.
- the three MDCP PDUs are MDCP PDU0, MDCP PDU1 and MDCP PDU2.
- the terminal 100 first obtains the MDCP PDU0 issued by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface, and the terminal 100 can send the MDCP PDU0 as the first SLC SDU of the SLC layer in this message transmission process to the Beidou network device 200.
- the terminal 100 After the terminal 100 confirms that the data of the first SLC SDU has been sent to the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can obtain the MDCP PDU1 from the MDCP layer, and send the MDCP PDU1 as the second SLC SDU in the message transmission process to the Beidou network Device 200. After the terminal 100 determines that the Beidou network device 200 has sent the data of the second SLC SDU to the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can obtain the MDCP PDU2 from the MDCP layer, and use the MDCP PDU2 as the last SLC in the message transmission process The SDU is sent to the Beidou network device 200.
- the terminal 100 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segement), and add frame header information to each S_segment header to obtain the SLC PDU.
- the frame header information includes an SAI field, a frame total number field and a frame sequence number field.
- the SAI field can occupy 1 bit.
- the value of the SAI field may be "0" or "1".
- the terminal 100 can determine whether the SLC PDU to be sent currently belongs to an unsent SLC SDU, and if so, the terminal 100 can set the value of the SAI field in the SLC PDU to be the same as that of the previous SLC SDU session (including the SLC SDU initial transmission session or the SLC SDU session).
- the value of the SAI field of the SLC PDU in the SDU retransmission session) is different; if not, the terminal 100 can set the value of the SAI field in the SLC PDU to be the same as the value of the SAI field of the SLC PDU in the previous SLC SDU session.
- the value of the SAI field in the SLC PDU is the same as the value of the SAI field in the SLC PDU in the previous SLC SDU session, it means that the SLC PDU is retransmission data.
- the SAI field has a preset initial value
- the SAI field of the first SLC SDU sent by the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 is a preset initial value. If the SAI field of the first SLC SDU received by the Beidou network device 200 is not the preset initial value, the Beidou network device 200 can directly discard the SLC SDU.
- the preset initial value of the SAI field in the SLC SDU may be 0 or other values, and this application does not limit the preset initial value of the SAI field.
- each SLC SDU can include 4 SLC PDUs.
- the values of the SAI fields of the 4 SLC PDUs in the first SLC SDU may all be "0"
- the values of the SAI fields of the 4 SLC PDUs in the second SLC SDU may all be "1"
- the values of the SAI fields of the 4 SLC PDUs in the 3rd SLC SDU may all be "0".
- the total number of frames field can be used to indicate the total number of SLC PDUs included in the SLC SDU to which the SLC PDU belongs.
- S_segement When one SLC SDU in the Beidou communication system 10 can be divided into up to 4 fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segement), the total number of frames field can occupy 2 bits.
- the value of the total number of frames field of the only SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "00".
- the value of the total number of frames field of the 2 SLC PDUs in the SLC SDU can be "01".
- the SLC SDU includes 3 SLC PDUs the value of the total number of frames field of the 3 SLC PDUs in the SLC SDU can be "10".
- the SLC SDU includes 4 SLC PDUs the value of the total number of frames field of the 4 SLC PDUs in the SLC SDU can be "11".
- the frame sequence number field can be used to indicate the sequence number of the SLC PDU in the SLC SDU to which it belongs.
- S_segement When one SLC SDU in the Beidou communication system 10 can be divided into up to 4 fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segement), the frame sequence number field can occupy 2 bits.
- the value of the frame sequence number field of the only SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "00".
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the first SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "00"
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the second SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "01".
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the first SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "00"
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the second SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "01”
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the third SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "10”.
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the first SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "00"
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the second SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "01”
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the third SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "10”
- the value of the frame sequence number field in the fourth SLC PDU in the SLC SDU can be "11".
- the Beidou network device 200 After the Beidou network device 200 receives the SLC PDU of the terminal 100, it can judge whether all the SLC PDUs in an SLC SDU have been received based on the frame header information of the SLC PDU. If so, the Beidou network device 200 can pass the received One or more SLC PDUs are sequentially spliced into one SLC SDU according to the value of the frame sequence number field from small to large. If all the SLC PDUs in one SLC SDU have not been received, the Beidou network device 200 may send feedback information (for example, ACK) to notify the terminal 100 to retransmit the unreceived SLC PDUs after the SLC layer receiving window ends. After splicing the SLC SDUs, the Beidou network device 200 can report the SLC SDUs to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as MDCP PDUs.
- feedback information for example, ACK
- the Beidou network device 200 at the SLC layer can control the sending strategy of the feedback information (for example, ACK) of the SLC layer and the splicing of the SLC PDU through the SLC layer receiving state controller based on the SAI field in the SLC PDU.
- the duration of the SLC layer receiving state controller is the maximum retransmission time of the SLC PDU on the terminal 100.
- the SAI value of the first SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU received by the Beidou network device 200 may be "0", the total number of frames is “11", and the frame number is “00".
- the SAI value of the second SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU can be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "01”.
- the SAI value of the third SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU can be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "10”.
- the SAI value of the fourth SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU can be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "11".
- the Beidou network device 200 can splice the four SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU according to the order of the frame sequence numbers from small to large, and report it to the MDCP layer as MDCP PDU0 of the MDCP layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can store the MDCP PDU0 in the MDCP layer receiving buffer (MDCP Rx buffer). Among them, the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU0 is "01".
- the SAI value of the first SLC PDU in the second SLC SDU received by the Beidou network device 200 may be "1", the total number of frames is “11", and the frame number is “00".
- the SAI value of the second SLC PDU in the second SLC SDU can be "1", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "01”.
- the SAI value of the third SLC PDU in the second SLC SDU can be "1", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "10”.
- the SAI value of the fourth SLC PDU in the second SLC SDU can be "1", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "11".
- the Beidou network device 200 can splice the four SLC PDUs into the second SLC SDU according to the order of the frame numbers from small to large, and report it to the MDCP layer as MDCP PDU1 of the MDCP layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can store the MDCP PDU1 in the MDCP layer receiving buffer (MDCP Rx buffer). Among them, the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU1 is "10".
- the SAI value of the first SLC PDU in the third SLC SDU received by the Beidou network device 200 may be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "00".
- the SAI value of the second SLC PDU in the third SLC SDU can be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "01”.
- the SAI value of the third SLC PDU in the third SLC SDU can be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "10”.
- the SAI value of the fourth SLC PDU in the third SLC SDU can be "0", the total number of frames is "11", and the frame number is "11".
- the Beidou network device 200 can splicing these 4 SLC PDUs into the third SLC SDU according to the frame sequence number from small to large, and report it to the MDCP layer as MDCP PDU2 of the MDCP layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can store the MDCP PDU2 in the MDCP layer receiving buffer (MDCP Rx buffer). Among them, the value of the successor indication field in MDCP PDU2 is "11".
- the Beidou network device 200 can aggregate multiple MDCP PDUs in order of time based on the successor indication field in the MDCP PDU to obtain an MDCP SDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 can take out all MDCP PDUs from the MDCP Rx buffer, and follow the value of the follow-up indication field and the receiving time Splicing is performed sequentially, and redundant indication fields and padding data are removed after splicing to obtain MDCP SDUs.
- the Beidou network device 200 can report the MDCP SDU to the application layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message.
- the following describes the segmentation processing flow of the MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer during inbound.
- Terminal 100 takes the terminal 100 to segment one MDCP SDU into one or more MDCP PDUs as an example for illustration.
- Terminal 100 may comprise the following steps by segmenting an MDCP SDU into one or more MDCP PDUs:
- the data of the application layer of the terminal 100 uses compressed and encrypted data as the MDCP SDU of the MDCP layer, and the data volume of the MDCP SDU can be recorded as DataSizeOfMsdu;
- the terminal 100 can calculate the number of segments SegmentNumOfMsdu of an MDCP SDU according to the transmission capability provided by the SLC layer, the data part of each MDCP PDU obtained by segmenting the MDCP SDU, and the padding data; here, the transmission capability of the SLC layer Known from the PHY layer through the interlayer transport interface.
- the transmission capability of the SLC layer refers to the specific data length of an SLC PDU that the SLC layer can transmit.
- the data length of an SLC PDU that the SLC layer can transmit is determined according to the data length of a physical frame in the PHY layer.
- the terminal 100 adds the padding data padding and the redundant length indication field to the MDCP SDU and segments them into multiple MDCP PDUs, wherein the redundant length indication field is used to indicate the padding data padding data length.
- the terminal 100 transmits the MDCP PDU to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU of the SLC layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 takes the Beidou network device 200 to recompose one or more received MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU as an example for illustration.
- the Beidou network device 200 recomposing one or more MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU may include the following steps:
- Beidou network device 200 can calculate the length of an MDCP PDU data packet according to the frame number and total number of frames carried by the received SLC PDU at the SLC layer, as well as the frame length of an SLC PDU obtained by blind solution.
- the Beidou network device 200 reports the calculated length of a MDCP PDU data packet to the MDCP layer.
- the inbound physical layer frame length is a finite set of fixed frame lengths, so that when the physical layer of the Beidou network device 200 successfully receives the inbound physical layer frame (after trying each frame length, the decoding is successful), it knows The corresponding physical layer frame length.
- the SLC layer After the SLC layer receives multiple SLC frames (each SLC frame corresponds to a physical layer frame), the SLC can inform the MDCP layer of the packet length of its SLC SDU, that is, the MDCP PDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the length after grouping according to the PDU length of each MDCP. Then, by analyzing the bit indicated by the redundant length, the length of the padding is obtained, so that the padding bit can be removed to obtain the SDU data of the MDCP.
- the Beidou network device 200 combines the received one or more MDCP PDUs into a complete MDCP SDU packet according to the successor indication field of each MDCP PDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 regards the single MDCP PDU as a MDCP SDU packet.
- the Beidou network device 200 groups the currently received MDCP PDU without the successor indication field with the previously received MDCP PDU with the successor indication field removed in order. Until the successor indication field of the received MDCP PDU indicates that the current MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU, the Beidou network device 200 removes the successor indication field from the last MDCP PDU, and packs it with the data after the previous grouping, and finally obtains MDCP SDU packets.
- the Beidou network device 200 delivers the MDCP SDU to the application layer for processing (such as decryption and decompression, etc.).
- the terminal can retransmit when inbound. For example, during a transmission process, the terminal 100 sends the SLC PDU0 to the Beidou network device 200, and then sends the SLC PDU0 to the Beidou network device 200 again.
- the Beidou network device 200 needs to determine whether the received SLC PDU is retransmitted, and if so, discard the retransmitted SLC PDU at the SLC layer.
- Beidou network device 200 packs them into MDCP SDU packets, parses out the redundant length indication field in the MDCP SDU, removes the padding data, and then passes it to the application layer for subsequent decryption and decompression operate.
- Table 2 exemplarily shows that a single MDCP PDU is reassembled into an MDCP SDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 can calculate the length of the MDCP PDU packet according to the length of the coded data (that is, the code data shown in FIG. 3 ), and then, according to the length of the MDCP PDU, the length of the MDCP SDU can be obtained.
- the coded data including code block (code block) and parity bit
- the length of a PDU of an SLC layer is also the length of a code block, that is, the length of the coded data minus
- the length of the parity bit (that is, 512bit-24bit) is 488bit.
- the length of the SLC SDU is also the length of an MDCP PDU, which is 424 bits.
- the length of MDCP PDU is also the length of one SLC SDU.
- the length of the MDCP PDU excludes the length of the successor indication (2bit), the length of the redundant length indication (8bit) and the length of the MDCP SDU (assumed to be 177bit) , you can get padding (237bit).
- Table 2 is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the application.
- Table 3 exemplarily shows that one MDCP SDU is divided into multiple MDCP PDUs.
- the terminal 100 divides one MDCP SDU into two MDCP PDUs as an example for illustration.
- the terminal 100 receives a data packet at the MDCP layer as an MDCP SDU with a data length of 2106 bits.
- the terminal 100 obtains from the physical layer the encoded data (that is, the code data shown in FIG. 3 ) with a data length of 512 bits and a parity bit length of 24 bits. Therefore, the terminal 100 can determine the transmission capability that the SLC layer can provide, that is, the data length of an SLC PDU that the SLC layer can transmit is the data length of the coded data (that is, the code data shown in FIG.
- the length of the SLC PDU frame header is 424bit. Then, the terminal 100 can determine the number of segments of the MDCP SDU according to the data length of an SLC PDU, that is, it can be divided into 2 MDCP PDUs, and the data length of each MDCP PDU (the data length of the first MDCP PDU is 1694, The length of the second MDCP PDU is 422), and the length of padding (for example, 2bit).
- Table 3 is only an example and does not limit the embodiment of the present application.
- a protocol encapsulation framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
- FIG. 11A shows a schematic diagram of an outbound data protocol encapsulation framework of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the Beidou short message transmission protocol layer in the Beidou network device 200 can be an application layer protocol, a message convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP), a satellite link control layer (satellite link control protocol) , SLC) and physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY).
- the Beidou network device 200 may include a Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , a Beidou central station 23 and a Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 .
- the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the PHY layer.
- the Beidou central station 23 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the SLC layer and the MDCP layer.
- the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the APP layer.
- the workflow of the Beidou short message transmission protocol in the Beidou network device 200 can be as follows:
- the Beidou network device 200 can compress the original data into compressed data through a compression algorithm, and add a compression indication field in front of the compressed data, where the compression indication field can be used to indicate the compression algorithm type of the compressed data. Afterwards, the Beidou network device 200 can encrypt the compressed data to obtain encrypted data, and add an encryption algorithm field to the header of the encrypted data, and the encryption algorithm field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm type of the encrypted data. The Beidou network device 200 can encapsulate the encrypted data, the compressed indication field, and the encrypted indication field into an application layer message and send it to the MDCP layer.
- the application layer message may include a message header and message data.
- the packet header may include a compression indication field, an encryption indication field, and the like.
- the message data includes the above-mentioned encrypted data.
- the Beidou network device 200 divides the MDCP SDU into multiple MDCP PDUs at the MDCP layer, and the Beidou network device 200 can transmit the multiple MDCP PDUs to the SLC of the Beidou network device 200 layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the application layer message sent by the APP layer through the interlayer interface, and use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU.
- Beidou network device 200 can split an MDCP SDU into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segement), and add a follow-up indication field to the header of each MDCP segment data to obtain an MDCP PDU , that is, the MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication fields.
- M_segement fixed-length MDCP segment data
- the follow-up indication field can be used to indicate that the current MDCP PDU is the initial MDCP PDU or the middle MDCP PDU or the last MDCP PDU of multiple MDCP PDUs sent continuously; or it is an MDCP PDU sent separately.
- the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the MDCP PDU sent by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more (up to 4) fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segement), and add frame header information to each S_segment header to obtain the SLC PDU .
- the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the SLC PDU delivered by the SLC layer through the interlayer interface.
- the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the SLC PDUs of one user or multiple users from the SLC layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 can splice the SLC PDUs of multiple users together, add the frame header of the physical frame (such as the version number) as the code block (code block) of the PHY layer, and add a check digit at the end of the code block (for example, cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC) code), and encode the code block and CRC code (for example, polar encoding), the encoded physical frame plus the reserved segment can form a fixed-length physical time
- the coded data of the message branch (S2C_d branch) of the slot can form a fixed-length physical time
- the coded data of the message branch (S2C_d branch) of the slot can form a fixed-length physical time
- the Beidou network device 200 can put multiple SLC PDUs of a user into different physical frames respectively. Then, the Beidou network device 200 composes the coded data of the S2C_d branch and the pilot information of the pilot branch (S2C_p branch) into pilot coded data, that is, outbound data. The Beidou network device 200 can send the outbound data to the Beidou short message satellite 21 , and forward it to the terminal 100 via the Beidou short message satellite 21 .
- the pilot information of the S2C_p branch is related to the satellite beam.
- the pilot information of the S2C_p branch is also known and does not need to be decoded.
- the coded data of the S2C_d branch needs to be decoded.
- a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
- FIG. 11B shows a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the Beidou short message transmission protocol layer of the terminal 100 can be divided into an application layer (application layer protocol), a message convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP), a satellite link control layer (satellite link control protocol, SLC) and physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY).
- application layer protocol application layer protocol
- message convergence layer messages data convergence protocol
- MDCP message data convergence protocol
- satellite link control layer satellite link control protocol
- PHY physical layer protocol
- the workflow of the Beidou short message transmission protocol layer of the terminal 100 can be as follows:
- the terminal 100 can obtain the modulated and spread-spectrum coded pilot data sent by the Beidou network device 200 .
- the terminal 100 may despread the received spread spectrum modulated data (spread+modulated data) to obtain modulated data (modulated data). Then, the terminal 100 may demodulate the modulated data to obtain pilot coded data (pilot+data). Next, the terminal 100 may remove the pilot information in the pilot coded data to obtain coded data (code data). Then, the terminal 100 can decode the coded data, and verify the integrity of the code block (code block) through the check data in the check bit field. If it is complete, the terminal 100 can extract the code block (code block), and present it to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC PDU of the SLC layer.
- the pilot coded data is the outbound data sent by the Beidou network device 200, and the outbound data is composed of the coded data of the S2C_d branch and the pilot information of the pilot branch (S2C_p branch).
- the terminal 100 can splice the SLC PDUs belonging to the same SLC SDU into one SLC SDU based on the frame header information of the SLC PDU.
- the terminal 100 can present the SLC SDU to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the MDCP PDU of the MDCP layer.
- the terminal 100 can splice all MDCP PDUs belonging to the same MDCP SDU into one MDCP SDU.
- the terminal 100 can present the MDCP SDU to the APP layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message received by the APP layer.
- the terminal 100 may decrypt and decompress the application layer message based on the message header of the application layer message to obtain original data.
- the following describes the segmentation processing flow of the MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer when outbound.
- the Beidou network device 200 may include the following steps to segment an MDCP SDU into one or more MDCP PDUs:
- the data of the application layer of the Beidou network device 200 uses compressed and encrypted data as the MDCP SDU of the MDCP layer, and the data volume of the MDCP SDU can be recorded as DataSizeOfMsdu;
- the Beidou network device 200 can calculate the segment number SegmentNumOfMsdu of an MDCP SDU according to the transmission capability provided by the SLC layer, and the data part of each MDCP PDU obtained by segmenting the MDCP SUD;
- the Beidou network device 200 transmits the MDCP PDU to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU of the SLC layer.
- the terminal 100 takes the terminal 100 to recompose one or more received MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU as an example for illustration.
- the terminal 100 recomposing one or more MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU may include the following steps:
- the terminal 100 can calculate the length of an MDCP PDU packet according to the frame sequence number and the total number of frames carried by the received SLC PDU at the SLC layer, and the frame length of an SLC PDU. The terminal 100 reports the calculated length of one MDCP PDU data packet to the MDCP layer.
- the terminal 100 combines the received one or more MDCP PDUs into a complete MDCP SDU packet according to the successor indication field of each MDCP PDU.
- the terminal 100 regards the single MDCP PDU as a MDCP SDU packet.
- the terminal 100 groups the currently received MDCP PDU without the successor indication field with the previously received MDCP PDU with the successor indication field removed in order. Until the successor indication field of the received MDCP PDU indicates that the current MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU, the terminal 100 removes the successor indication field from the last MDCP PDU, and performs grouping with the data after the previous grouping, and finally obtains the MDCP SDU data pack.
- the terminal 100 passes the MDCP SDU to the application layer for processing (such as decryption and decompression, etc.).
- a method for controlling data transmission in the Beidou communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
- Fig. 11C shows a schematic flowchart of a data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system may include:
- M is a positive integer; the redundant length indication field is used to indicate the data length of the filling data, and the M MDCP PDUs include the first MDCP PDU, and the header information of the first MDCP PDU includes a subsequent indication field, which is used to indicate The order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs; the terminal sends the first MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the terminal 100 sends the first MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device 200.
- the Beidou network device 200 receives M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal.
- the Beidou network device 200 splices the M MDCP PDUs into a first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- the terminal 100 divides the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocol data units after adding padding data and redundant length indication field at the message data convergence MDCP layer
- the MDCP PDU specifically includes: the terminal 100 generates an application layer message at the application layer; the terminal 100 uses the application layer message as the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and adds padding data and a redundant length indication field to the first MDCP SDU After that, it is divided into M MDCP PDUs.
- the terminal 100 uses the application layer message as the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and after the first MDCP SDU is added with padding data and a redundant length indication field, before dividing it into M MDCP PDUs, the The method further includes: the terminal 100 acquires the original data; the terminal 100 compresses the original data at the application layer to obtain compressed data; the terminal 100 encrypts the compressed data at the application layer to obtain encrypted data; the terminal 100 adds The message header information is used to obtain the application layer message; wherein, the message header information includes a compression indication field and an encryption indication field, the compression indication field is used to indicate the compression algorithm used when compressing the original data, and the encryption indication field is used to indicate the compression The encryption algorithm used for data encryption.
- the terminal 100 sends the first MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device, which specifically includes: the terminal 100 transmits the first MDCP PDU to the satellite link control SLC layer as the first satellite link of the SLC layer The control layer service data unit SLC SDU; the terminal 100 divides the first SLC SDU into N satellite link control layer protocol data units SLC PDUs at the SLC layer, and N is a positive integer; wherein, the N SLC PDUs include the first SLC PDU, and the first The frame header information of an SLC PDU includes the service data unit alternate indication SAI field, the total number of frames field and the frame sequence number field; the SAI field is used to indicate whether the first SLC PDU is retransmission data, and the total number of frames field is used to indicate that in the first SLC SDU Including the total number N of SLC PDUs, the frame sequence number field is used to indicate the frame sequence number of the first SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU; the terminal 100 sends the first SLC
- the value of the SAI field of the SLC PDU is flipped or not to indicate whether the SLC PDU is retransmission data, which can ensure that the Beidou network equipment can identify whether the received SLC PDU is retransmission data, and ensure that the data in the Beidou communication system Continuous transmission.
- the terminal 100 sends the first SLC PDU to the Beidou network device, which specifically includes: the terminal 100 sends the first SLC PDU from the SLC layer to the physical PHY layer as the first coding block of the PHY layer ; The terminal 100 adds check bit information at the end of the first coded block at the PHY layer, and encodes the first coded block and the check bit information to obtain the first coded data; the terminal 100 inserts the first coded data at the PHY layer Pilot information to obtain the first pilot data; the terminal 100 modulates the first pilot data and the synchronization header of the first pilot data at the PHY layer to obtain the first modulation data and the first modulation synchronization header; the terminal 100 performs the modulation on the PHY The layer spreads the first modulation data and the modulation synchronization header to obtain the first spread modulation data; the terminal 100 sends the first spread modulation data as the first physical frame to the Beidou network equipment at the PHY layer.
- the terminal 100 determines the data length of the first MDCP PDU according to the data length of the first MDCP SDU and the data length of the first physical frame.
- the terminal 100 can learn how to split the MDCP SDU into multiple MDCP PDUs.
- the Beidou network device 200 splices the M MDCP PDUs into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: when the Beidou network device 200 receives When the successor in the second MDCP PDU indicates that the second MDCP PDU is the last of the M MDCP PDUs, the Beidou network device 200 splices the M MDCP PDUs into the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and uses the first MDCP SDU as the application layer Messages are reported from the MDCP layer to the application layer.
- the application layer message includes message header information and encrypted data
- the message header information includes an encryption indication field and a compression indication field
- the compression indication field is used to instruct the terminal 100 to compress the original data into compressed
- the encryption indication field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm used when the terminal 100 encrypts the compressed data into encrypted data
- the method also includes: the Beidou network device 200 encrypts the indication field in the application layer through the application layer message
- the indicated encryption algorithm decrypts the encrypted data in the application layer message to obtain compressed data
- the Beidou network device 200 decompresses the compressed data through the compression algorithm indicated by the compression indication field in the application layer message at the application layer to obtain Raw data.
- this also includes: the Beidou network device 200 splicing N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and using the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC of the Beidou network device 200
- the layer reports to the MDCP layer of Beidou network equipment 200; wherein, the first SLC PDU is included in the N SLC PDUs, and the frame header information of the first SLC PDU includes the service data unit alternate indication SAI field, the total number of frames field and the frame sequence number field; SAI The field is used to indicate whether the first SLC PDU is retransmission data, the frame total number field is used to indicate the total number N of SLC PDUs included in the first SLC SDU, and the frame sequence number field is used to indicate the number of the first SLC PDU in the first SLC SDU frame number.
- the Beidou network device 200 splices N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and reports the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC layer of the Beidou network device 200 to Beidou Before the MDCP layer of the network device 200, the method further includes: the Beidou network device 200 acquires the first spread spectrum modulation data sent by the terminal 100 at the PHY layer; the Beidou network device 200 despreads the first spread spectrum modulation data at the PHY layer frequency to obtain the first modulation data and the first modulation synchronization header; the Beidou network device 200 demodulates the first modulation data and the first modulation synchronization header at the PHY layer to obtain the first pilot data and the first synchronization header; the Beidou network equipment 200 removes the pilot information in the first pilot data at the PHY layer to obtain the first encoded data; the Beidou network device 200 decodes the first encoded data at the PHY layer to obtain the first encoded block and the
- the Beidou network device 200 splices M MDCP PDUs into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: the Beidou network device 200 removes the M MDCP PDUs at the MDCP layer After the successor indication field of each MDCP PDU in the MDCP PDU, the M MDCP PDUs are spliced into the first MDCP SDU in the order indicated by the successor indication of each MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- Fig. 11D shows a schematic flowchart of a data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the data transmission control method in the Beidou communication system may include:
- the Beidou network device 200 divides the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- M is a positive integer
- M MDCP PDUs include the first MDCP PDU
- the header information of the first MDCP PDU includes a follow-up indication field, which is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs
- BeiDou The network device 200 sends the first MDCP PDU.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 sends the first MDCP PDU to the terminal 100.
- the terminal 100 receives M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDUs sent by the terminal 100.
- the terminal 100 splices the M MDCP PDUs into a first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- the Beidou network device 200 divides the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, specifically including: Beidou network device 200 generates an application layer message at the application layer; Beidou network device 200 uses the application layer message as the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and divides the first MDCP SDU into M MDCP PDUs.
- the Beidou network device 200 generates an application layer message at the application layer, specifically including: the Beidou network device 200 obtains original data; the Beidou network device 200 compresses the original data at the application layer to obtain compressed data; The Beidou network device 200 encrypts the compressed data at the application layer to obtain encrypted data; the Beidou network device 200 adds message header information to the encrypted data header to obtain an application layer message; wherein, the message header information includes a compression indication field and an encryption indication field, the compression indication field is used to indicate the compression algorithm used when compressing the original data, and the encryption indication field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm used when the compressed data is encrypted.
- the Beidou network device 200 sending the first MDCP PDU specifically includes: the Beidou network device 200 transmitting the first MDCP PDU to the satellite link control SLC layer as an SLC Layer's first satellite link control layer service data unit SLC SDU; Beidou network equipment 200 divides the first SLC SDU into N satellite link control layer protocol data unit SLC PDUs at the SLC layer, and N is a positive integer; wherein, N The SLC PDU includes the first SLC PDU, the frame header information of the first SLC PDU includes the first user ID field and the first frame type field, the first user ID field is used to indicate the terminal 100 receiving the first user frame, the first frame type The field is used to indicate the frame type of the first user frame; the Beidou network device 200 sends the first SLC PDU.
- the Beidou network device 200 sends the first physical frame and the second physical frame, including: the Beidou network device 200 adds the first check bit information at the end of the first physical frame at the PHY layer, and Encoding the first physical frame and the first parity bit information to obtain the first coded data, adding the second parity bit information at the end of the second physical frame, and encoding the second physical frame and the second parity bit information to obtain The second encoded data; the Beidou network device 200 modulates the first encoded data and the first reserved field of the first encoded data at the PHY layer to obtain the first modulated data, and the second encoded data and the second reserved field of the second encoded data Perform modulation to obtain second modulated data; Beidou network equipment 200 spreads the first modulated data at the PHY layer to obtain first spread spectrum modulated data, and spreads the second modulated data to obtain second spread spectrum modulated data; Beidou network equipment 200 Send the first spread spectrum modulated data and the first pilot information of the first spread spectrum modulated data, and
- the method further includes: the Beidou network device 200 determines the data length of the first MDCP PDU according to the data length of the first MDCP SDU and the data length of the first physical frame.
- the Beidou network device 200 can learn how to split the MDCP SDU into multiple MDCP PDUs.
- the terminal 100 splices M MDCP PDUs into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: when the terminal 100 receives the second MDCP PDU in the subsequent When indicating that the second MDCP PDU is the last of the M MDCP PDUs, the terminal 100 splices the M MDCP PDUs into the first MDCP SDU at the MDCP layer, and reports the first MDCP SDU as an application layer message from the MDCP layer to the application layer.
- the application layer message includes message header information and encrypted data
- the message header information includes an encryption indication field and a compression indication field
- the compression indication field is used to instruct the terminal 100 to compress the original data into compressed
- the compression algorithm used for the data the encryption indication field is used to indicate the encryption algorithm used when the terminal 100 encrypts the compressed data into encrypted data
- the method also includes: the terminal 100 indicates at the application layer through the encryption indication field in the application layer message
- the encryption algorithm decrypts the encrypted data in the application layer message to obtain compressed data; the terminal 100 decompresses the compressed data at the application layer through the compression algorithm indicated by the compression indication field in the application layer message to obtain the original data.
- the method may further include: the Beidou network device 200 splicing N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and sending the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the Beidou network device 200
- the SLC layer of the SLC layer is reported to the MDCP layer of the Beidou network device 200; wherein, the N SLC PDUs include the first SLC PDU, and the frame header information of the first SLC PDU includes the first user ID field and the first frame type field, and the first user ID
- the field is used to indicate the terminal 100 receiving the first user frame, and the first frame type field is used to indicate the frame type of the first user frame.
- the terminal 100 splices N SLC PDUs into the first SLC SDU at the SLC layer, and reports the first SLC SDU as the first MDCP PDU from the SLC layer of the Beidou network device 200 to the Beidou network device Before the MDCP layer of 200, the method may further include: the terminal 100 obtains at the PHY layer the first spread spectrum modulation data sent by the terminal 100; the terminal 100 despreads the first spread spectrum modulation data at the PHY layer to obtain The first modulated data and the first modulated sync header; the terminal 100 demodulates the first modulated data and the first modulated sync header at the PHY layer to obtain the first pilot data and the first sync header; the terminal 100 removes the first modulated sync header at the PHY layer The pilot information in the pilot data is used to obtain the first coded data; the Beidou network device 200 decodes the first coded data at the PHY layer to obtain the physical frame of the first coded block and the first verification information; the terminal 100 decodes the
- the terminal 100 splices M MDCP PDUs into the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer, including: the terminal 100 removes each of the M MDCP PDUs at the MDCP layer After the successor indication fields of the M MDCP PDUs, the M MDCP PDUs are spliced into the first MDCP SDU in the order indicated by the successor indication of each MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- the exemplary terminal 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application is firstly introduced below.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- terminal 100 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figures, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration of components.
- the various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
- the terminal 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194 and user An identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like.
- SIM subscriber identification module
- the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
- the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100 .
- the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
- the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
- the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
- application processor application processor, AP
- modem processor graphics processing unit
- GPU graphics processing unit
- image signal processor image signal processor
- ISP image signal processor
- controller memory
- video codec digital signal processor
- DSP digital signal processor
- baseband processor baseband processor
- neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
- the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal 100 .
- the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
- a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
- the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
- the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
- processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
- the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
- I2C integrated circuit
- I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
- PCM pulse code modulation
- PCM pulse code modulation
- UART universal asynchronous transmitter
- MIPI mobile industry processor interface
- GPIO general-purpose input and output
- subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
- SIM subscriber identity module
- USB universal serial bus
- the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
- processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
- the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
- the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal 100 .
- the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
- processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
- the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
- the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
- the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal.
- the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
- the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
- the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
- the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
- a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 .
- the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
- the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
- the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
- MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
- the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the terminal 100 .
- the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal 100 .
- the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
- the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
- the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on.
- the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
- the SIM interface can be used to communicate with the SIM card interface 195 to realize the function of transmitting data to the SIM card or reading data in the SIM card.
- the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
- the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the terminal 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
- the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal 100 .
- the terminal 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
- the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
- the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
- the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
- the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
- the wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
- Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
- Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
- Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
- the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
- the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal 100 .
- the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
- the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
- the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
- a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
- the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
- the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
- the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
- the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
- the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
- the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
- the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system, etc. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR), Beidou communication and other wireless communication solutions.
- the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
- the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
- the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
- the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
- the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, and Beidou communication technology, etc.
- GSM global system for mobile communications
- general packet radio service general packet radio service
- CDMA code division multiple access
- WCDMA broadband Code division multiple access
- time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
- TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
- LTE long term evolution
- the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
- GPS global positioning system
- GLONASS global navigation satellite system
- Beidou navigation satellite system beidou navigation satellite system
- BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
- QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
- SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
- the terminal 100 can communicate with the Beidou network device 200 through the Beidou communication technology.
- the Beidou communication technology may exist in an independent chip, or may be integrated in the wireless communication module 160 .
- the terminal 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194, and the application processor.
- the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
- Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
- the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
- the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
- the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
- the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the terminal 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
- the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
- the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
- ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and color.
- ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
- the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
- Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
- the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
- the photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
- CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
- the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
- the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
- DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
- the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
- Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
- Terminal 100 may support one or more video codecs.
- the terminal 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
- the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
- NN neural-network
- Applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
- the internal memory 121 may include one or more random access memories (random access memory, RAM) and one or more non-volatile memories (non-volatile memory, NVM).
- RAM random access memory
- NVM non-volatile memory
- Random access memory can include static random-access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous dynamic random access memory, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous Dynamic random access memory (double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory, DDR SDRAM, such as the fifth generation DDR SDRAM is generally called DDR5SDRAM), etc.;
- SRAM static random-access memory
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- double data rate synchronous Dynamic random access memory double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
- DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
- DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
- DDR5SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
- Non-volatile memory may include magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory (flash memory).
- flash memory can include NOR FLASH, NAND FLASH, 3D NAND FLASH, etc.
- it can include single-level storage cells (single-level cell, SLC), multi-level storage cells (multi-level cell, MLC), three-level storage unit (triple-level cell, TLC), fourth-level storage unit (quad-level cell, QLC), etc.
- can include universal flash storage English: universal flash storage, UFS) according to storage specifications , embedded multimedia memory card (embedded multi media Card, eMMC), etc.
- the random access memory can be directly read and written by the processor 110, and can be used to store executable programs (such as machine instructions) of an operating system or other running programs, and can also be used to store data of users and application programs.
- the non-volatile memory can also store executable programs and data of users and application programs, etc., and can be loaded into the random access memory in advance for the processor 110 to directly read and write.
- the terminal 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170 , a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
- the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
- the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
- the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
- Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Terminal 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
- Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
- the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to listen to the voice.
- the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
- the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C with the human mouth, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
- the terminal 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C.
- the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals.
- the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, realize directional recording functions, and the like.
- the earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
- the earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
- OMTP open mobile terminal platform
- CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
- the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
- pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
- pressure sensors 180A such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors.
- a capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material.
- the terminal 100 determines the strength of the pressure from the change in capacitance.
- the terminal 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
- the terminal 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
- touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
- the gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal 100 .
- the angular velocity of the terminal 100 around three axes ie, x, y and z axes
- the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
- the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal 100, and calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
- the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
- the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
- the terminal 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
- the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
- the terminal 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
- the terminal 100 when the terminal 100 is a clamshell machine, the terminal 100 can detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
- features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
- the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the terminal 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
- the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the terminal 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
- the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
- the terminal 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
- Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
- the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
- the terminal 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode.
- the terminal 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the terminal 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal 100 .
- the terminal 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the terminal 100 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
- the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
- the ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness.
- the terminal 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
- the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
- the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal 100 is in the pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
- the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
- the terminal 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access to the application lock, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and so on.
- the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
- the terminal 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the terminal 100 executes reducing the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
- the terminal 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal 100 due to low temperature.
- the terminal 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
- Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
- the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
- the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
- the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
- Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 .
- the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
- the keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
- the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
- the terminal 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal 100 .
- the motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder.
- the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
- touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
- the motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 .
- Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
- the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
- the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
- the SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
- the SIM card can be connected and separated from the terminal 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
- the terminal 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
- the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
- the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
- the terminal 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication.
- the above content elaborates the method provided by the present application in detail.
- the embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices or equipment.
- the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 according to the above-mentioned method example, for example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module middle.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1300 may be the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments.
- the communication device 1300 may be a chip/chip system, for example, a Beidou communication chip.
- the communication device 1300 may include a transceiver unit 1310 and a processing unit 1320 .
- the transceiver unit 1310 can be used to receive the MDCP PDU sent by the Beidou network device 200, and also be used to send the MDCP PDU to the Beidou network device 200.
- the processing unit 1320 can be used to divide the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDU after adding padding data and redundancy length indication field at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- the processing unit 1320 is further configured to splice the M MDCP PDUs into a first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- the transceiving unit 1310 may also be configured to perform the functional steps related to sending and receiving performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D .
- the processing unit 1320 may also be configured to perform the functional steps related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D .
- the communication device 1300 in this design can correspondingly perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1400 may be the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments.
- the communication device 1400 can be a specific network element in the Beidou network equipment 200, for example, one or more network elements in the Beidou ground transceiver station 22, the Beidou central station 23, and the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 The combination.
- the communication device 1400 may include a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 .
- the transceiver unit 1410 can be used to send the MDCP PDU to the terminal 100, and receive the MDCP PDU sent by the terminal 100.
- the processing unit 1420 may be configured to divide the first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU into M data convergence layer service protocol data units MDCP PDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- M is a positive integer
- M MDCP PDUs include the first MDCP PDU
- the header information of the first MDCP PDU includes a follow-up indication field, which is used to indicate the order of the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs
- BeiDou The network device 200 sends the first MDCP PDU.
- M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the first value, and the first value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the first MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs ; M is greater than 1, the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is the second value, and the second value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the middle MDCP PDU in M MDCP PDUs; M is greater than 1, the successor of the first MDCP PDU The indication field is the third value, and the third value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is the last MDCP PDU in the M MDCP PDUs.
- M is 1, and the successor indication field of the first MDCP PDU is a fourth value, and the fourth value is used to indicate that the first MDCP PDU is a single MDCP PDU.
- the processing unit 1420 may also be configured to splice the M MDCP PDUs into a first message data convergence layer service data unit MDCP SDU at the message data convergence MDCP layer.
- the transceiver unit 1410 may also be configured to execute the functional steps related to sending and receiving performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the above method embodiments shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D .
- the processing unit 1420 may also be configured to perform functional steps related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the above method embodiments shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D .
- the communication device 1400 in this design can correspondingly perform the method steps performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
- the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 of the embodiment of the present application have been introduced above. It should be understood that any product of any form having the functions of the terminal 100 described above in FIG. Products of any form with functions fall within the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application.
- the terminal 100 described in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1500 may be the terminal 100, or a device therein.
- the communication device 1500 includes a processor 1501 and a transceiver 1502 internally connected and communicating with the processor.
- the processor 1501 is a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor or the like.
- it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit for satellite communications.
- the baseband processor of satellite communication can be used to process satellite communication protocols and satellite communication data
- the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, etc.), execute computer programs, and process computer Program data.
- the transceiver 1502 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function.
- the transceiver 1502 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
- the communication device 1500 may further include an antenna 1503 and/or a radio frequency unit (not shown in the figure).
- the antenna 1503 and/or the radio frequency unit may be located inside the communication device 1500, or may be separated from the communication device 1400, that is, the antenna 1503 and/or the radio frequency unit may be remote or distributed.
- the communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1504, on which instructions may be stored, the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs may be run on the communication device 1500, so that the communication device 1500 executes the above-mentioned Methods described in the Methods Examples.
- data may also be stored in the memory 1504 .
- the communication device 1500 and the memory 1504 can be set separately or integrated together.
- the processor 1501, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1504 may be connected through a communication bus.
- the communication device 1500 can be used to perform the functions of the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments: the processor 1501 can be used to perform the relevant protocol parsing, encapsulation and calculation performed by the terminal 100 in the above embodiments shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D Determined functional steps and/or other processes used in the technology described herein; the transceiver 1502 can be used to perform functions related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the terminal 100 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D steps and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
- the processor 1501 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
- the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
- the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together.
- the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
- the processor 1501 may store instructions, and the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1501 to enable the communication device 1500 to perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments.
- the computer program may be fixed in the processor 1501, and in this case, the processor 1501 may be implemented by hardware.
- the communication device 1500 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the processors and transceivers described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (integrated circuits, ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency integrated circuits (RFICs), mixed-signal ICs, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), printed circuit boards ( printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
- the processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (bipolar junction transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
- CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
- NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
- PMOS P-type Metal oxide semiconductor
- BJT bipolar junction transistor
- BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
- SiGe silicon germanium
- GaAs gallium arsenide
- Communications apparatus 1500 may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
- the communication device 1500 may be:
- a set of one or more ICs may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;
- ASIC such as modem (Modem);
- any network element for example, Beidou ground transceiver station 22, Beidou central station 23, Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24
- Beidou network equipment 200 described in the embodiment of the application can Implemented by a generic bus architecture.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1600 may be the Beidou network device 200, or a device therein.
- the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602 internally connected and communicating with the processor.
- the processor 1601 is a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor or the like.
- it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit for satellite communications.
- the baseband processor of the satellite communication can be used to process the satellite communication protocol and satellite communication data
- the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device (eg, baseband chip, etc.), execute the computer program, and process the data of the computer program.
- the transceiver 1602 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function.
- the transceiver 1602 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
- the communication device 1600 may further include an antenna 1603 and/or a radio frequency unit (not shown in the figure).
- the antenna 1603 and/or the radio frequency unit may be located inside the communication device 1600, or may be separated from the communication device 1600, that is, the antenna 1603 and/or the radio frequency unit may be remote or distributed.
- the communication device 1600 may include one or more memories 1604, on which instructions may be stored.
- the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs may be run on the communication device 1600, so that the communication device 1600 executes the above-mentioned Methods described in the Methods Examples.
- data may also be stored in the memory 1604 .
- the communication device 1600 and the memory 1604 can be set separately or integrated together.
- processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1604 may be connected through a communication bus.
- the communication device 1600 can be used to perform the functions of the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments: the processor 1601 can be used to perform the relevant protocol analysis performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the embodiment shown in Figure 11C and Figure 11D Functional steps determined by encapsulation and calculation and/or other processes used in the technology described herein; the transceiver 1602 can be used to perform the related protocol analysis and processing performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D Encapsulating and computing certain functional steps and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
- the processor 1601 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
- the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
- the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together.
- the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
- the processor 1601 may store instructions, which may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1601 to enable the communication device 1600 to perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments.
- the computer program may be solidified in the processor 1601, and in this case, the processor 1601 may be implemented by hardware.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer program code is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the above-mentioned processor executes the computer program code, the communication device executes the method in any of the above-mentioned embodiments .
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any one of the preceding embodiments.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which can exist in the product form of a chip.
- the structure of the device includes a processor and an interface circuit.
- the processor is used to communicate with other devices through a receiving circuit, so that the device performs the aforementioned The method in any of the examples.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a Beidou communication system, including a terminal 100 and a Beidou network device 200.
- the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can execute the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
- This application fully introduces the communication function of short messages in the Beidou communication system. It is understandable that there may be communication functions supporting short messages in other satellite systems. Therefore, it is not limited to the Beidou communication system. If other satellite systems also support the short message communication function, the method introduced in this application is also applicable to the communication of other satellite systems.
- the term “when” may be interpreted to mean “if” or “after” or “in response to determining" or “in response to detecting".
- the phrases “in determining” or “if detected (a stated condition or event)” may be interpreted to mean “if determining" or “in response to determining" or “on detecting (a stated condition or event)” or “in response to detecting (a stated condition or event)”.
- all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
- the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state hard disk), etc.
- the processes can be completed by computer programs to instruct related hardware.
- the programs can be stored in computer-readable storage media.
- When the programs are executed may include the processes of the foregoing method embodiments.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM or random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, and other various media that can store program codes.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置。在该方法中,终端可以在MDCP层将一个MDCP SDU拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据,并在每个MDCP 分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU,后继指示字段可用于表示当前的MDCP PDU是连续发送的帧中的起始帧或中间帧或最后一帧;或者是单独发送的一帧。终端可以将一个或多个MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备。北斗网络设备可以根据MDCP PDU中的后继指示字段将多个MDCP PDU组合成一个MDCP SDU。实施该方法,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,终端也可以向北斗网络设备可靠地传输数据。
Description
本申请要求于2021年07月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110877288.0、申请名称为“一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本申请涉及卫星通信领域,尤其涉及一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置。
北斗卫星导航系统是我国自主研制的集定位、授时、通信于一体的重大基础设施。北斗短报文通信业务时北斗卫星导航系统区别于GPS、GLONASS、GALILEO等其他全球导航系统的特色之一。北斗短报文通信业务特别适用于在海洋、沙漠、草原、无人区等移动通信未覆盖、或覆盖不了、或通信系统被破坏的区域进行通信。北斗三号卫星的短报文系统对短报文技术体制进行了升级将北斗短报文系统一些必要的资源开放给民用,针对民用业务和设备特性,需要依据北斗短报文系统的特性设计通信协议。
由于北斗短报文业务的通信系统是通过卫星链路进行通信,其主要特性是:1、时延长;2、链路损耗大;3、支持的业务主要是突发式短消息业务;4、不支持链接状态管理、移动性管理和广播控制信息等。目前的无线通信的协议并不能适用于北斗短报文业务的通信系统中,原因在于:由于卫星通信传播距离远,北斗短报文业务的通信系统中对终端发送功率要求高。并且,民用终端的射频能力的限制,导致入站的速率远低于专用终端。因此,需要具体设计一种数据传输流程,使得在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,减少信令开销和减少无效发送,从而达到可靠有序的数据传输。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置,通过本申请提供的方法,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,终端可以减少信令开销和减少无效发送,实现可靠有序的数据传输。
第一方面,本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,该方法可以包括:终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中,冗余长度指示字段用于指示填充数据的数据长度,M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;终端将第一MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备。
这样,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,终端也可以向北斗网络设备可靠地传输数据。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
这样,终端在MDCP层将数据包切分,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,仍然可以有效传输数据。MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序,接收该MDCP PDU的设备可以根据后继指示字段获知接收到的MDCP PDU是否有误。这样,可以减少信令开销和减少无效发送。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,具体包括:终端在应用层生成应用层报文;终端在所述MDCP层将应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并在第一MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个MDCP PDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端在MDCP层将应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并在第一MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个MDCP PDU之前,该方法还包括:终端获取原始数据;终端在应用层将原始数据,进行压缩得到压缩数据;终端在应用层将压缩数据进行加密得到加密后数据;终端在加密后数据头部加上报文头信息,得到应用层报文;其中,报文头信息包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示对原始数据压缩时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示对压缩数据加密时使用的加密算法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端将第一MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备,具体包括:终端将第一MDCP PDU传输至卫星链路控制SLC层,作为SLC层的第一卫星链路控制层服务数据单元SLC SDU;终端在SLC层将第一SLC SDU分成N个卫星链路控制层协议数据单元SLC PDU,N为正整数;其中,N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括服务数据单元交替指示SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段;SAI字段用于指示第一SLC PDU是否为重传数据,帧总数字段用于指示第一SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量N,帧序号字段用于指示第一SLC PDU在第一SLC SDU中的帧序号;终端将第一SLC PDU发送给北斗网络设备。
这样,通过SLC PDU的SAI字段的值翻转与否,来表示SLC PDU是否是重传数据,可以保证北斗网络设备识别出接收到的SLC PDU是否是重传数据,保证了北斗通信系统中的数据持续传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端将第一SLC PDU发送给北斗网络设备,具体包括:终端将第一SLC PDU从SLC层下发至物理PHY层,作为PHY层的第一编码块;终端在PHY层在第一编码块的尾部添加校验位信息,并对第一编码块和校验位信息进行编码得到第一编码数据;终端在PHY层在第一编码数据中插入导频信息,得到第一导频数据;终端在PHY层对第一导频数据和第一导频数据的同步头进行调制,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;终端在PHY层将第一调制数据和调制同步头进行扩频得到第一扩频调制数据;终端在PHY层将第一扩频调制数据作为第一物理帧发送给北斗网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端根据第一MDCP SDU的数据长度、以及第一物理帧的数据长度确定第一MDCP PDU的数据长度。
这样,终端可以获知如何将MDCP SDU拆分成多个MDCP PDU。
第二方面,提供一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,该方法可以包括:北斗网络设备接到终端发送的M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中,M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
这样,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,北斗网络设备与终端之间可以可靠地传输数据。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
这样,北斗网络设备可以根据MDCP PDU中后继指示字段指示的该MDCP PDU在多个MDCP PDU中的顺序,将多个MDCP PDU准确拼接成MDCP SDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:当北斗网络设备接收到的第二MDCP PDU中后继指示第二MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个时,北斗网络设备在MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU,并将第一MDCP SDU作为应用层报文从MDCP层上报给应用层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,应用层报文包括报文头信息和加密后数据,报文头信息包括加密指示字段和压缩指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示终端将原始数据压缩成压缩数据时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示终端将压缩数据加密成加密后数据时使用的加密算法;该方法还包括:北斗网络设备在应用层通过应用层报文中加密指示字段指示的加密算法,对应用层报文中加密后数据进行解密,得到压缩数据;北斗网络设备在应用层通过应用层报文中压缩指示字段指示的压缩算法,对压缩数据进行解压缩,得到原始数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该还包括:北斗网络设备在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层;其中,N个SLC PDU中包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括服务数据单元交替指示SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段;SAI字段用于指示第一SLC PDU是否为重传数据,帧总数字段用于指示第一SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量N,帧序号字段用于指示第一SLC PDU在第一SLC SDU中的帧序号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层之前,该方法还包括:北斗网络设备在PHY层获取到终端发送的第一扩频调制数据;北斗网络设备在PHY层对第一扩频调制数据进行解扩频,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;北斗网络设备在PHY层对第一调制数据和第一调制同步头解调,得到第一导频数据和第一同步头;北斗网络设备在PHY层去除第一导频数据中的导频信息,得到第一编码数据;北斗网络设备在PHY层对第一编码数据进行解码,得到第一编码块和第一校验信息;北斗网络 设备在PHY层基于第一校验信息对第一编码块进行校验,并在校验成功后,将第一编码块作为北斗网络设备的SLC层中第一SLC SDU中的第一SLC PDU从PHY层呈递给北斗网络设备的SLC层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:北斗网络设备在MDCP层去掉M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段后,将M个MDCP PDU按照M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示所指示的顺序将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU。
第三方面,提供一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,该方法可以包括:北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中,M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;北斗网络设备发送第一MDCP PDU。
这样,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,北斗网络设备与终端之间可以可靠地传输数据。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
这样,北斗网络设备在MDCP层将数据包切分,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,仍然可以有效传输数据。MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序,接收该MDCP PDU的设备可以根据后继指示字段获知接收到的MDCP PDU是否有误。这样,可以减少信令开销和减少无效发送。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,具体包括:北斗网络设备在应用层生成应用层报文;北斗网络设备在MDCP层将应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并将第一MDCP SDU分成M个MDCP PDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备在应用层生成应用层报文,具体包括:北斗网络设备获取原始数据;北斗网络设备在应用层将原始数据,进行压缩得到压缩数据;北斗网络设备在应用层将压缩数据进行加密得到加密后数据;北斗网络设备在加密后数据头部加上报文头信息,得到应用层报文;其中,报文头信息包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示对原始数据压缩时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示对压缩数据加密时使用的加密算法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备发送所述第一MDCP PDU,具体包括:所述北斗网络设备将所述第一MDCP PDU传输至所述卫星链路控制SLC层,作为SLC层的第一卫星链路控制层服务数据单元SLC SDU;北斗网络设备在SLC层将第一SLC SDU分成N个卫星链路控制层协议数据单元SLC PDU,N为正整数;其中,N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括第一用户ID字段和第一帧类型字段,第一用户ID字段用于 指示接收第一用户帧的终端,第一帧类型字段用于指示第一用户帧的帧类型;北斗网络设备发送第一SLC PDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备发送第一物理帧和第二物理帧,包括:北斗网络设备在PHY层在第一物理帧的尾部添加第一校验位信息,并对第一物理帧和第一校验位信息进行编码得到第一编码数据,在第二物理帧的尾部添加第二校验位信息,并对第二物理帧和第二校验位信息进行编码得到第二编码数据;北斗网络设备在PHY层对第一编码数据和第一编码数据的第一保留字段进行调制得到第一调制数据,对第二编码数据和第二编码数据的第二保留字段进行调制得到第二调制数据;北斗网络设备在PHY层对第一调制数据进行扩频得到第一扩频调制数据,对第二调制数据进行扩频得到第二扩频调制数据;北斗网络设备在PHY层发送第一扩频调制数据和第一扩频调制数据的第一导频信息、以及第二扩频调制数据和第二扩频调制数据的第二导频信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:北斗网络设备根据第一MDCP SDU的数据长度、以及第一物理帧的数据长度确定第一MDCP PDU的数据长度。
这样,北斗网络设备可以获知如何将MDCP SDU拆分成多个MDCP PDU。
第四方面,提供了一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,该方法可以包括:终端接到北斗网络设备发送的M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
这样,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,北斗网络设备与终端之间可以可靠地传输数据。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
这样,终端可以根据MDCP PDU中后继指示字段指示的该MDCP PDU在多个MDCP PDU中的顺序,将多个MDCP PDU准确拼接成MDCP SDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:当终端接收到的第二MDCP PDU中后继指示第二MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个时,终端在MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU,并将第一MDCP SDU作为应用层报文从MDCP层上报给应用层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,应用层报文包括报文头信息和加密后数据,报文头信息包括加密指示字段和压缩指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示终端将原始数据压缩成压缩数据时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示终端将压缩数据加密成加密后数据时使用的加密算法;该方法还包括:终端在应用层通过应用层报文中加密指示字段指示的加密算法,对应用层报文中加密后数据进行解密,得到压缩数据;终端在应用层通过应用层报文中压缩指示字段指 示的压缩算法,对压缩数据进行解压缩,得到原始数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:北斗网络设备在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层;其中,N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括第一用户ID字段和第一帧类型字段,第一用户ID字段用于指示接收第一用户帧的终端,第一帧类型字段用于指示第一用户帧的帧类型。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层之前,该方法还可以包括:终端在所述PHY层获取到终端发送的第一扩频调制数据;终端在PHY层对第一扩频调制数据进行解扩频,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;终端在PHY层对第一调制数据和第一调制同步头解调,得到第一导频数据和第一同步头;终端在PHY层去除第一导频数据中的导频信息,得到第一编码数据;北斗网络设备在PHY层对第一编码数据进行解码,得到第一编码块物理帧和第一校验信息;终端在所述PHY层基于第一校验信息对第一编码块进行校验,并在校验成功后,将第一编码块中ID字段与终端ID相同的第一用户帧作为终端的SLC层中第一SLC SDU中的第一SLC PDU从PHY层呈递给终端的SLC层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:终端在MDCP层去掉M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段后,将M个MDCP PDU按照M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示所指示的顺序将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU。
第五方面,提供一种北斗通信系统,该系统中可以包括北斗网络设备和终端;其中,终端可以用于执行上述第一方面和第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法;北斗网络设备可以用于执行上述第二方面和第三方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第六方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器和收发器。收发器、该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述第一方面和第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
其中,该通信装置可以为终端或其他产品形态的设备。
第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器和收发器。收发器、该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述第二方面和第三方面中任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。
其中,该通信装置可以为北斗网络设备,或北斗网络设备中的任一网元或多个网元的组合。
第八方面,本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面和第三方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第九方面,本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面和第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面和第三方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面和第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种芯片或芯片系统,应用于终端,包括处理电路和接口电路,接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理电路,处理电路用于运行所述代码指令以执行上述第一方面和第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统10的架构示意图;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据入站的传输过程示意图;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议封装架构示意图;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议解析架构示意图;
图5是本申请实施例提供的多个MDCP PDU传输成功的场景示意图;
图6是本申请实施例提供的单个MDCP PDU传输成功的场景示意图;
图7是本申请实施例提供的多个MDCP PDU传输失败的场景示意图;
图8是本申请实施例提供的多个MDCP PDU传输失败的场景示意图;
图9是本申请实施例提供的多个MDCP PDU传输成功的场景示意图;
图10是本申请实施例提供的北斗通信系统10在MDCP层和SLC层对数据的协议处理流程示意图;
图11A是本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议封装架构示意图;
图11B是本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议解析架构示意图;
图11C为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法的流程示意图;
图11D为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法的流程示意图;
图12是本申请实施例提供的电子设备的结构示意图;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。
本申请以下实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非旨在作为对本申请的限制。如在本申请的说明书和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样,单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括复数表达形式,除非其上下文中明确地有 相反指示。还应当理解,本申请中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个所列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10。
图1示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的架构示意图。
如上图1所示,北斗通信系统10可以包括终端100、北斗短报文卫星21、北斗网络设备200、短消息中心25和终端300。可选的,该北斗通信系统10还可以包括紧急救援平台26、紧急救援中心27。
其中,终端100可以发送短报文信息给北斗短报文卫星21,北斗短报文卫星21只进行中继,直接将终端100发送的短报文信息转发给地面的北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以根据北斗通信协议解析卫星转发的短报文信息,并将从短报文信息中解析出的通用报文类型的报文内容转发给短消息中心(short message service center,SMSC)25。短消息中心25可以通过传统的蜂窝通信网络,将报文内容转发给终端300。北斗网络设备200也可以将终端100发送的紧急求救类型的报文,通过紧急救援平台26发送给紧急救援中心27。
终端300也可以通过传统的蜂窝通信网络,将短消息发送给短消息中心25。短消息中心25可以将终端300的短消息转发给北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以将终端300的短消息通过北斗短报文卫星21中继发送给终端100。
其中,上述北斗网络设备200可以包括北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23和北斗短报文融合通信平台24。其中,北斗地面收发站22可以包括分别具有发送功能的一个或多个设备和具有接收功能的一个或多个设备,或者可以包括具有发送功能和接收功能的一个或多个设备,此处不作限定。北斗地面收发站22可用于北斗网络设备200在物理层(physical layer protocol,PHY)对数据的处理功能。北斗中心站23可用于北斗网络设备200在卫星链路层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)层和消息汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)对数据的处理功能。北斗短报文融合通信平台24可用于在应用层(application layer protocol,APP)对数据的处理功能。
其中,由于北斗通信系统10是通过卫星链路进行通信,其主要特性是:时延长(单向约270ms),链路损耗大。当前北斗通信系统10支持的业务主要是突发短消息业务,不支持链接状态管理、移动性管理和广播控制信息等。
终端100可以主动通过北斗短报文卫星21给北斗网络设备200发送数据。但是,由于没有空口信令,地面的中心站无法主动寻呼用户。由于卫星通信传播距离远,北斗通信系统10中对终端100的发送功率要求高。受限当前终端100上射频器件的限制,终端100无法向北斗短报文卫星21长时间持续发送信号。为了尽量不损坏终端100上射频器件,终端100的射频器件在发送状态持续工作一段时间后,必须停止工作一段时间后才能继续切换到发送状态继续工作。其中,终端100上发送状态的持续时长由终端100的底层硬件能力所决定。在上述北斗通信系统10中,为了保证终端100接收到的数据和发送的数据互不干扰,终端100不支持发送数据和接收数据同时发生。终端100需要在发送数据后,再等待接收北斗网络设备200发送的数据。
其中,北斗网络设备200的工作模式可以是双工模式,可以同时收发数据,且北斗网络设备200可以长时间发送和接收数据。
一般普通消费者的使用习惯可能会一次发送较多的数据。当数据比较多,终端需将数据多帧发送,这样发送的时间就会比较长。为了避免无效发送,就需要单独的一层协议来管理用户发送的多个帧,因此,定义了消息汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)。该MDCP层可以接收应用层传递下来的应用层数据,向下层卫星链路控制层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)发送处理后的数据包。
基于该MDCP层,本申请实施例中提供一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,终端100可以将应用层报文作为MDCP层的一个MDCP SDU。终端100可以在MDCP层的一个MDCP SDU的尾部添加填充数据(padding)至指定长度,并在填充数据域尾部或者MDCP SDU的头部添加冗余长度指示字段。该冗余长度指示字段可用于表示该填充数据的长度。终端100可以将填充冗余数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据(M_segement),并在每个MDCP分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU,即MDCP PDU包括M_segement和后继指示字段。其中,后继指示字段可用于表示当前的MDCP PDU是连续发送的帧中的起始帧或中间帧或最后一帧;或者是单独发送的一帧。终端100可以将一个或多个MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以根据MDCP PDU中的后继指示字段将多个MDCP PDU组合成一个MDCP SDU。
这样,在北斗通信系统和速率受限的约束下,终端100也可以向北斗网络设备200发送数据。
在本申请实施例中,将终端100发送数据给北斗网络设备200的场景定义为入站,将北斗网络设备200发送数据给终端100的场景定义为出站。
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据入站的传输过程。
如图2所示,数据入站可以指终端100将数据发送给北斗网络设备200。例如,终端100可以向北斗地面收发站22发送数据帧。北斗地面收发站22可以将数据帧发送给北斗中心站23。北斗中心站23可以将数据帧汇聚成数据报文上报给北斗短报文融合通信平台24。北斗中心站23可以在接收到终端100发送的数据帧后,向终端100返回SLC层的确认字符(acknowledge character,ACK)。该ACK可用于指示北斗网络设备200是否成功收到终端100发送的数据帧。
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议封装架构。
图3示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议封装架构示意图。
如图3所示,终端100上的北斗报文传输协议层可以分为应用层(application layer protocol)、消息汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)、卫星链路层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)和物理层(physical layer protocol,PHY)。
终端100发送数据给北斗网络设备200时,终端100上的北斗报文传输协议的工作流程可以如下:
在APP层,终端100可以将原始数据通过压缩算法,压缩成压缩数据,并在压缩数据前面添加压缩指示字段,其中,压缩指示字段可用于表示该压缩数据的压缩算法类型。之后, 终端100可以将压缩数据加密,得到加密后数据,并在加密后数据的头部添加加密算法字段,该加密算法字段用于表示该加密后的数据的加密算法类型。终端100可以将加密后数据、压缩指示字段、加密指示字段封装成应用层报文下发给MDCP层。其中,该应用层报文包括报文头和报文数据。该报文头中包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段等等。该报文数据包括上述加密后数据。
可选的,终端100也可以将压缩指示字段和压缩数据一起进行加密,得到加密后数据。
在MDCP层,终端100可以通过层间接口获取到APP层下发的应用层报文,并将应用层报文作为一个MDCP SDU。在MDCP层,终端100可以在MDCP SDU的尾部添加填充数据(padding)至指定长度,并在MDCP SDU的头部添加冗余长度指示字段。该冗余长度指示字段可用于表示该填充数据的长度。终端100可以将填充数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据(M_segement),并在每个MDCP分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU,即MDCP PDU包括M_segement和后继指示字段。其中,后继指示字段可用于表示当前的MDCP PDU是连续发送的多个MDCP PDU的起始MDCP PDU或中间MDCP PDU或最后一个MDCP PDU;或者是单独发送的一个MDCP PDU。
在SLC层,终端100可以通过层间接口获取到MDCP层下发的MDCP PDU,作为SLC SDU。在SLC层,终端100可以将SLC SDU分段成一个或多个(最多4个)固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segement),并在每个S_segement头部添加帧头信息,得到SLC PDU。其中,帧头信息中包括服务数据单元交替指示(service data unit alternated Indicator,SAI)字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段。
其中,SAI字段可用于表示该SLC PDU是否属于一个未发送过的SLC SDU。
帧总数字段,可用于表示该SLC PDU所属的SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量。
帧序号字段,可用于表示该SLC PDU在所属的SLC SDU中的序号。
在PHY层,终端100可以通过层间接口获取到SLC层下发的SLC PDU,作为PHY层的编码块(code block),并在code block的头部添加同步头,在code block的尾部添加校验位字段。其中,在上述北斗通信系统10中,可以采用循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)对编码块进行校验,因此,该校验位字段中可以包括CRC码。终端100可以code block和校验位字段进行编码(例如polar编码),得到编码数据(coded data),再在coded data中插入导频,得到导频编码数据(pilot+data)。然后,终端100通过底层硬件对同步头和导频编码数据依次进行调制得到调制数据(modulated data)。终端100可以对调制数据进行扩频,得到扩频调制数据(spread+modulated data)。终端100可以将扩频调制数据发送给北斗短报文卫星21,经由北斗短报文卫星21中继转发给北斗网络设备200。
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议解析架构。
图4示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议解析架构示意图。
如图4所示,北斗网络设备200的北斗短报文传输协议层可以分为应用层(application layer protocol)、消息汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)、卫星链路层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)和物理层(physical layer protocol,PHY)。其中,北斗网络设备200可以包括北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23和北斗短报文融合通信平台24。北斗地面 收发站22可用于负责PHY层的协议处理。北斗中心站23可用于负责SLC层和MDCP层的协议处理。北斗短报文融合通信平台24可用于负责APP层的协议处理。
北斗网络设备200在接收到终端100发送的数据时,北斗网络设备200的北斗短报文传输协议层的工作流程可以如下:
在PHY层,北斗网络设备200可以获取到终端100发送的经过调制和扩频后的导频编码数据。北斗网络设备200可以对接收到的扩频调制数据(spread+modulated data)进行解扩频,得到调制数据(modulated data)。然后,北斗网络设备200可以对调制数据进行解调,得到导频编码数据(pilot+data)。接着,北斗网络设备200去除导频编码数据中的导频信息,得到编码数据(code data)。然后,北斗网络设备200可以对编码数据进行解码,并通过校验位字段中的校验数据验证编码块(code block)的完整性。若完整,则北斗网络设备200可以提取出编码块(code block),通过层间接口呈递给SLC层,作为SLC层的SLC PDU。
在SLC层,北斗网络设备200可以基于SLC PDU的帧头信息,将属于同一个SLC SDU的SLC PDU拼接成一个SLC SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将SLC SDU通过层间接口呈递给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU。
在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200可以将属于同一个MDCP SDU的所有MDCP PDU拼接成一个MDCP SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP SDU通过层间接口呈递到APP层,作为APP层接收到的应用层报文。
在APP层,北斗网络设备200可以基于应用层报文的报文头,对应用层报文进行解密、解压缩,得到原始数据。
本申请实施例中,上述协议处理过程仅为示例说明,本申请对协议处理的具体操作不作限定。
接下来具体介绍MDCP层中MDCP SDU和MDCP PDU中涉及的字段。
1、MDCP SDU中冗余长度指示字段
冗余长度指示字段用于指示MDCP SDU中padding的长度。在一种可能的实现方式中,冗余长度指示字段的长度为8bit,可以理解的是,本申请实施例对该冗余长度指示字段的长度不作限定。
2、MDCP PDU中后继指示字段
后继指示字段的数据长度可以为2bit。其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,后继指示字段的值和对应的含义可以如下表1所示。
表1
后继指示 | 说明 |
00 | 单独一个MDCP的PDU |
01 | 多个MDCP的PDU中的第一个PDU |
11 | 多个MDCP的PDU中的中间的PDU |
10 | 多个MDCP的PDU中的最后一个PDU |
如表1所示,当后继指示字段为“00”时,表示该MDCP PDU为单独一个MDCP的PDU;当后继指示字段为“01”时,表示该MDCP PDU为多个MDCP的PDU中的第一个PDU;当后继指示字段为“11”时,表示该MDCP PDU为多个MDCP的PDU中的中间的PDU;当后继指示字 段为“10”时,表示该MDCP PDU为多个MDCP的PDU中的最后一个PDU。
可以理解的是,表1中示出的后继指示字段的值和对应的含义仅为示例。本申请实施例对后继指示字段的长度、后继指示字段的具体的bit值、以及该bit值对应的含义不作限定。
下面基于表1示出后继指示字段的设计,分别对MDCP PDU的后继指示字段中无00字段时,和MDCP PDU的后继指示字段中有00字段时的MDCP PDU的传输场景进行介绍。
1、后继指示字段中无00字段时,MDCP PDU的传输场景。
当后继指示字段中无00字段时,即在后继指示字段长度为2bit时,该后继指示字段的值不包含“00”以及对应的含义。后继指示字段的值包含:“01”、“10”、“11”。
当MDCP PDU为多个MDCP PDU中第一个MDCP PDU时,该MDCP PDU的后继指示字段可以为“01”。当MDCP PDU为多个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU时,该MDCP PDU的后继指示字段可以为“11”。当MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU,或为多个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU时,该MDCP PDU的后继指示字段可以为“10”。
场景1:多个MDCP PDU传输成功
图5示例性地示出了当后继指示字段中无00字段时,多个MDCP PDU传输成功的场景。
如图5所示,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送4个MDCP PDU。该4个MDCP PDU中,后继指示字段为“01”的MDCP PDU为第一个MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“11”的MDCP PDU为中间的MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“10”的MDCP PDU为最后一个PDU包。在4个MDCP PDU正常传输的流程中,北斗网络设备200可以成功接收到4个MDCP PDU。
可以理解的是,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送一个MDCP PDU后,终端100在接收到北斗网络设备200针对该MDCP PDU对应的SLC SDU回复的ACK后,终端100才向北斗网络设备200发送新的MDCP PDU。
场景2:单个MDCP PDU传输成功
图6示例性地示出了当后继指示字段中无00字段时,单个MDCP PDU传输成功的场景。
如图6所示,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送单独的一个MDCP PDU。该MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为“10”。北斗网络设备200可以成功接收到该单独的一个MDCP PDU。
场景3:多个MDCP PDU中最后的一个MDCP PDU未接收到,等待超时
图7示例性地示出了当后继指示字段中无00字段时,多个MDCP PDU传输失败的场景。
如图7所示,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送4个MDCP PDU。该4个MDCP PDU中,后继指示字段为“01”的MDCP PDU为第一个MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“11”的MDCP PDU为中间的MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“10”的MDCP PDU为最后一个PDU包。北斗网络设备200未接收到终端100发送的4个MDCP PDU中最后一个MDCP PDU。北斗网络设备200等待超时,终端100传输失败,本次传输正常结束。
在北斗网上设备在MDCP层等待超时的情况下,即北斗网络设备在SLC层接收SLC SDU等待超时。例如一个SLC SDU包括N个SLC PDU,终端接收每个SLC PDU的最大时间为第一时长,若北斗网络设备在MDCP层在接收完一个MDCP PDU,间隔第二时长后仍未收到下一个MDCP PDU时,可以称为北斗网上设备在MDCP层等待超时。其中,第二时长可以为N个第一时长。
场景4:多个MDCP PDU中最后的一个MDCP PDU未接收到,等待未超时
图8示例性地示出了当后继指示字段中无00字段时,多个MDCP PDU传输失败的场景。
如图8所示,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送4个MDCP PDU。该4个MDCP PDU中,后继指示字段为“01”的MDCP PDU为第一个MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“11”的MDCP PDU为中间的MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“10”的MDCP PDU为最后一个PDU包。北斗网络设备200未接收到终端100发送的4个MDCP PDU中最后一个MDCP PDU。北斗网络设备200等待未超时,终端100又发起了新业务,即发送了新的MDCP PDU,该新的MDCP PDU为一个单独的MDCP PDU,该单独的MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为“10”。例如,终端在发送MDCP PDU时,出现异常,闪退,然后用户又在终端上发起了业务。这时,北斗网络设备200可能会将该单独的MDCP PDU当作终端100之前发送的4个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。然后,北斗网络设备200将该单独的MDCP PDU和上一次接收到的4个MDCP PDU中的3个MDCP PDU组合成一个MDCP SDU。这样,北斗网络设备200就错误重组MDCP SDU包了。
2、后继指示字段中有00字段时,MDCP PDU的传输场景。
后继指示字段的值包含:“00”、“01”、“10”、“11”。后继指示字段的值的对应的含义可以参考上述表1中的描述。
场景5:多MDCP PDU中最后一个PDU未接到,等待未超时
图9示例性地示出了当后继指示字段中无00字段时,多个MDCP PDU传输失败的场景。如图9所示,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送4个MDCP PDU。该4个MDCP PDU中,后继指示字段为“01”的MDCP PDU为第一个MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“11”的MDCP PDU为中间的MDCP PDU,后继指示字段为“10”的MDCP PDU为最后一个PDU包。北斗网络设备200未接收到终端100发送的4个MDCP PDU中最后一个MDCP PDU。北斗网络设备200等待未超时,终端100又发送了一个单独的MDCP PDU,该单独的MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为“00”。北斗网络设备200可以根据该MDCP PDU的后继指示字段“00”,确定出该MDCP PDU是单独的MDCP PDU。这样,北斗网络设备200不会将该单独的MDCP PDU与北斗网络设备200上一次接收到的MDCP PDU重组成MDCP SDU了。即北斗网络设备200不会出现误组包问题。
下面具体介绍北斗通信系统10在MDCP层和SLC层对数据的协议处理流程。
图10示出了本申请实施例中提供的北斗通信系统10在MDCP层和SLC层对数据的协议处理流程示意图。
1、终端100在MDCP层对发送数据的协议封装过程
如图10所示,在MDCP层,终端100可以将(padding)数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据(M_segement),并在每个MDCP分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU,即MDCP PDU包括M_segement和后继指示字段。终端100可以将拆分得到的MDCP PDU,按照先入先出的顺序存入MDCP层发送缓冲区(MDCP Tx buffer)中。其中,后继指示字段的数据长度可以占用2比特(bit)。后继指示字段的值含义可以如上述表1所示。
示例性的,终端100可以将填充(padding)数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成3个MDCP PDU,其中,按照高比特位到低比特位的顺序,这3个MDCP PDU依次是MDCP PDU0、MDCP PDU1和MDCP PDU2。其中,由于MDCP PDU0是当前MDCP SDU中的起始MDCP PDU,终端100可以将MDCP PDU0中后继指示字段的值设置为“01”。由于MDCP PDU1是当前MDCP SDU中的中间MDCP PDU,终端100可以将MDCP PDU1中后继指示字段的值设置为“11”。MDCP PDU2是当前MDCP SDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU,终端100可以将MDCP PDU2中后继指示字段的值设置为“10”。
又示例性的,终端100可以将填充(padding)数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成2个MDCP PDU,其中,按照高比特位到低比特位的顺序,这2个MDCP PDU依次是MDCP PDU0和MDCP PDU1。其中,由于MDCP PDU0是当前MDCP SDU中的起始MDCP PDU,终端100可以将MDCP PDU0中后继指示字段的值设置为“01”。由于MDCP PDU1是当前MDCP SDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU,终端100可以将MDCP PDU1中后继指示字段的值设置为“10”。
又示例性的,终端100可以将填充(padding)数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,作为1个MDCP PDU0。其中,由于MDCP PDU0是当前MDCP SDU中唯一的一个MDCP PDU,终端100可以将MDCP PDU0中后继指示字段的值设置为“00”。
在本申请实施例中,由于终端底层的能力有限,一个物理帧的数据长度有限,一个SLC层可以发送的数据长度受物理帧长度的限制,因此,SLC层需要将SLC SDU切分成多个SLC PDU。而SLC PDU中的数据长度会对MDCP层发送的数据长度产生限制,因此,MDCP层也需要将一个MDCP SDU分成一个或多个MDCP PDU。
2、终端100在SLC层对发送数据的协议封装过程。
在SLC层,终端100在SLC层可以通过SLC层发送状态控制器,基于北斗网络设备200发送的接收反馈(例如,ACK),控制SLC层的SLC PDU发送策略,包括SLC PDU的初传和重传。终端100可以通过层间接口获取到MDCP层下发的MDCP PDU,作为SLC SDU。其中,当终端100向北斗网络设备200发送前一个SLC SDU,并确认北斗网络设备200接收成功之后,才会从MDCP层获取到下一个MDCP PDU作为下一个SLC SDU,发送给北斗网络设备200。
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100在MDCP层将MDCP SDU切分成多个MDCP PDU,终端100可以将多个MDCP PDU一并传输到终端100的SLC层。
示例性,终端100可以将填充(padding)数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成3个MDCP PDU。其中,按照高比特位到低比特位的顺序,这3个MDCP PDU依次是MDCP PDU0、MDCP PDU1和MDCP PDU2。在SLC层,终端100首先通过层间接口获取到MDCP层下发的MDCP PDU0,终端100可以将将MDCP PDU0作为本次报文传输过程中SLC层的首个SLC SDU发送给北斗网络设备200。在终端100确定已经将首个SLC SDU的数据发送给北斗网络设备200后,终端100可以从MDCP层获取MDCP PDU1,并将MDCP PDU1作为本次报文传输过程第2个SLC SDU发送给北斗网络设备200。在终端100确定已经将北斗网络设备200将第2个SLC SDU的数据发送给北斗网络设备200后,终端100可以从MDCP层获取MDCP PDU2,并将MDCP PDU2作为本次报文传输过程最后一个SLC SDU发送给北斗网络设备200。
上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。
在SLC层,终端100可以将SLC SDU分段成一个或多个固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segement),并在每个S_segement头部添加帧头信息,得到SLC PDU。其中,帧头信息中包括SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段。其中:
(1)SAI字段可以占用1bit。SAI字段的值可以为“0”或“1”。终端100可以判断当前要发送的SLC PDU是否属于一个未发送过的SLC SDU,若是,则终端100可以设置SLC PDU中的SAI字段的值与前一个SLC SDU会话(包括SLC SDU初传会话或SLC SDU重传会话)中SLC PDU的SAI字段的值不同;若否,则终端100可以设置SLC PDU中SAI字段的值与前一个SLC SDU会话中SLC PDU的SAI字段的值相同。当SLC PDU中SAI字段的值与前一个SLC SDU会话中SLC PDU的SAI字段的值相同时,表示该SLC PDU是重传数据。
可以理解的是,SAI字段有预设的初始值,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送的首个SLC SDU的SAI字段为预设的初始值。若北斗网络设备200接收到首个SLC SDU的SAI字段不是预设的初始值,北斗网络设备200可以直接丢弃该SLC SDU。该SLC SDU中SAI字段预设的初始值可以是0,也可以是其他数值,本申请对该SAI字段预设的初始值不作限定。
示例性的,终端100在整个应用层报文传输过程中,需要传输3个SLC SDU。每个SLC SDU可以包括4个SLC PDU。其中,第1个SLC SDU中4个SLC PDU的SAI字段的值可以都为“0”,第2个SLC SDU中4个SLC PDU的SAI字段的值可以都为“1”。第3个SLC SDU中4个SLC PDU的SAI字段的值可以都为“0”。
上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。
(2)帧总数字段,可用于表示该SLC PDU所属的SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量。当北斗通信系统10中一个SLC SDU最多可以被分成4个固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segement)时,帧总数字段可以占用2bit。
示例性的,当SLC SDU中只包括有1个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中唯一一个SLC PDU的帧总数字段的值可以为“00”。当SLC SDU中包括有2个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中2个SLC PDU的帧总数字段的值都可以为“01”。当SLC SDU中包括有3个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中3个SLC PDU的帧总数字段的值都可以为“10”。当SLC SDU中包括有4个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中4个SLC PDU的帧总数字段的值都可以为“11”。
上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。
(3)帧序号字段,可用于表示该SLC PDU在所属的SLC SDU中的序号。当北斗通信系统10中一个SLC SDU最多可以被分成4个固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segement)时,帧序号字段可以占用2bit。
示例性的,当SLC SDU中只包括有1个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中唯一一个SLC PDU的帧序号字段的值可以为“00”。当SLC SDU中包括有2个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中第1个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“00”,该SLC SDU中第2个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“01”。当SLC SDU中包括有3个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中第1个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“00”,该SLC SDU中第2个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“01”,该SLC SDU中第3个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“10”。当SLC SDU中包括有4个SLC PDU时,该SLC SDU中第1个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“00”,该SLC SDU中第2个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“01”,该SLC SDU中第3个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“10”,该SLC SDU中第4个SLC PDU中帧序号字段的值可以为“11”。
上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。
3、北斗网络设备200在SLC层对接收数据的协议解析过程。
在SLC层,北斗网络设备200接收终端100的SLC PDU后,可以基于SLC PDU的帧头信息判断是否接收完一个SLC SDU中的所有SLC PDU,若是,则北斗网络设备200可以将这接收到的一个或多个SLC PDU按照帧序号字段的值由小到大,顺序拼接成一个SLC SDU。若未接收完一个SLC SDU中的所有SLC PDU,则北斗网络设备200在SLC层接收窗结束后,可以发送反馈信息(例如,ACK)通知终端100重传未接收到的SLC PDU。北斗网络设备200可以在拼接完SLC SDU后,通过层间接口将SLC SDU上报给MDCP层,作为MDCP PDU。
其中,北斗网络设备200在SLC层可以通过SLC层接收状态控制器,基于SLC PDU中的SAI字段,控制SLC层的反馈信息(例如,ACK)的发送策略以及SLC PDU的拼接。该SLC层接收状态控制器的持续时间为终端100上SLC PDU的最大重传时间。
示例性的,北斗网络设备200接收到的第1个SLC SDU中第1个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“00”。第1个SLC SDU中第2个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“01”。第1个SLC SDU中第3个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“10”。第1个SLC SDU中第4个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“11”。北斗网络设备200可以将这4个SLC PDU按照帧序号从小到大顺序,拼接成第1个SLC SDU,上报给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU0。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP PDU0存入MDCP层接收缓冲区(MDCP Rx buffer)中。其中,MDCP PDU0中后继指示字段的值为“01”。
北斗网络设备200接收到的第2个SLC SDU中第1个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“1”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“00”。第2个SLC SDU中第2个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“1”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“01”。第2个SLC SDU中第3个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“1”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“10”。第2个SLC SDU中第4个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“1”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“11”。北斗网络设备200可以将这4个SLC PDU按照帧序号从小到大顺序,拼接成第2个SLC SDU,上报给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU1。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP PDU1存入MDCP层接收缓冲区(MDCP Rx buffer)中。其中,MDCP PDU1中后继指示字段的值为“10”。
北斗网络设备200接收到的第3个SLC SDU中第1个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“00”。第3个SLC SDU中第2个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“01”。第3个SLC SDU中第3个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“10”。第3个SLC SDU中第4个SLC PDU的SAI值可以为“0”、帧总数值为“11”、帧序号为“11”。北斗网络设备200可以将这4个SLC PDU按照帧序号从小到大顺序,拼接成第3个SLC SDU,上报给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU2。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP PDU2存入MDCP层接收缓冲区(MDCP Rx buffer)中。其中,MDCP PDU2中后继指示字段的值为“11”。
上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。
4、北斗网络设备200在MDCP层对接收数据的协议解析过程。
在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200可以在接收到终端100发送的一个MDCP SDU的所有MDCP PDU后,基于MDCP PDU中的后继指示字段,按接收的时间顺序聚合多个MDCP PDU,得到MDCP SDU。
当北斗网络设备200从SLC层获取到后继指示字段的值为“11”的MDCP PDU后,北斗网络设备200可以从MDCP Rx buffer中将所有MDCP PDU取出,并按照后继指示字段的值以及接收时间顺序进行拼接,并在拼接之后去除冗余指示字段和padding数据,得到MDCP SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP SDU通过层间接口上报给应用层,作为应用层报文。
下面介绍入站时MDCP层的MDCP SDU的分段处理流程。
下文以终端100将一个MDCP SDU分段成一个或多个MDCP PDU为例进行举例说明。终端100将一个MDCP SDU分段成一个或多个MDCP PDU可以包括如下步骤:
1、终端100的应用层的数据应用压缩和加密后的数据,作为MDCP层的MDCP SDU,该MDCP SDU的数据量可以记为DataSizeOfMsdu;
2、终端100可以根据SLC层提供的传输能力,计算一个MDCP SDU的分段数量SegmentNumOfMsdu,MDCP SDU分段得到的每一个MDCP PDU的数据部分以及该填充的padding数据;这里,SLC层的传输能力通过层间传输接口从PHY层获知。SLC层的传输能力是指SLC层能够传输的一个SLC PDU的数据长度具体是多少。SLC层能够传输的一个SLC PDU的数据长度根据PHY层中一个物理帧的数据长度确定。
3、终端100根据分段数量SegmentNumOfMsdu和MDCP PDU的序号,将MDCP SDU加入填充数据padding和冗余长度指示字段后分段成多个MDCP PDU,其中,冗余长度指示字段用于指示填充数据padding的数据长度。然后终端100确定出每一个MDCP PDU的后继指示,最终形成完整的MDCP PDU;其中,后继指示需要表示多个MDCP PDU中首个MDCP PDU,中间的MDCP PDU,以及最后一个MDCP PDU;如果当前SegmentNumOfMsdu=1,则后继指示需要表明当前的MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU;若SegmentNumOfMsdu=4,则后继指示需要4个态,2bit;
4、终端100将MDCP PDU通过层间接口传递给SLC层,作为SLC层的SLC SDU。
接下来介绍入站时MDCP层的MDCP PDU的重组处理流程。
下文以北斗网络设备200将接收到的一个或多个MDCP PDU重新组成一个MDCP SDU为例进行举例说明。北斗网络设备200将一个或多个MDCP PDU重新组成一个MDCP SDU可以包括如下步骤:
1、在SLC层,北斗网络设备200根据SLC层的接收到的SLC PDU携带的帧序号和帧总数,以及盲解出来的一个SLC PDU的帧长,可以计算出一个MDCP PDU数据包的长度。北斗网络设备200并将计算出的一个MDCP PDU数据包的长度上报给MDCP层。
具体地,入站的物理层帧长是有限集合的固定帧长,这样北斗网络设备200的物理层在成功接收入站物理层帧时(每种帧长尝试后,解码成功),就得知了对应的物理层帧长。SLC层接收到多个SLC帧(每个SLC帧对应一个物理层帧)后,SLC就能告知MDCP层其SLC SDU即MDCP PDU的包长。
然后,北斗网络设备200可以根据每个MDCP的PDU长度得到组包之后的长度。再通过解析冗余长度指示的bit,得到padding的长度,由此可以去掉padding bit,得到MDCP的SDU数据。
2、在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200按照每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段,将接收到的一个或多个MDCP PDU组合成一个完整的MDCP SDU数据包。
若MDCP PDU的后继指示字段表示该MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU,那么北斗网络设备200将该单独的一个MDCP PDU作为一个MDCP SDU数据包。
若当前MDCP PDU的后继指示位指示当前MDCP PDU不是多个MDCP PDU中第一个MDCP PDU,也不是单独的一个MDCP PDU(即为多个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU或中间的MDCP PDU),北斗网络设备200将当前接收到的MDCP PDU去掉后继指示字段后与前面接收到的、去掉后继指示字段的MDCP PDU按照顺序进行组包。直至接收到的MDCP PDU的后继指示字段表示当前的MDCP PDU为最后一个MDCP PDU,北斗网络设备200将最后的一个MDCP PDU去掉后继指示字段后,与前面组包后的数据进行组包,最后得到MDCP SDU数据包。
3、北斗网络设备200将MDCP SDU传递给应用层进行处理(例如解密和解压缩等等)。
可以理解的是,由于入站时,终端可以进行重传,例如,在一次传输过程中,终端100发送SLC PDU0给北斗网络设备200后,又再次给北斗网络设备200发送了该SLC PDU0。北斗网络设备200需要确定接收到的SLC PDU是否是重传的,如果是,则在SLC层丢弃该重传的SLC PDU。北斗网络设备200收到MDCP层的所有MDCP PDU后,组包成MDCP SDU包,并解析出该MDCP SDU中的冗余长度指示字段,去掉padding数据,再传递给应用层进行后续的解密和解压缩操作。
表2示例性地示出了单独的一个MDCP PDU重组成一个MDCP SDU。
表2
如表2所示,以北斗网络200设备将单独的一个MDCP PDU组成一个MDCP SDU为例。北斗网络设备200可以根据编码数据(即图3中示出的code data)的长度计算出MDCP PDU包的长度,然后,根据MDCP PDU的长度,可以得到MDCP SDU的长度。如表2所示,以编码数据(包括编码块(code block)和校验位)为512bit为例,那么一个SLC层的PDU的长度也是一个编码块的长度,即为编码数据的长度减去校验位的长度(即512bit-24bit),为488bit。其中,SLC PDU中的帧头的长度为64bit,那么SLC层的S_segment的长度为(448bit-64bit)=424bit。当一个SLC SDU只分成一个S_segment时,那么SLC SDU的长度也即是一个MDCP PDU的长度,为424bit。MDCP PDU的长度也就是一个SLC SDU的长度。当MDCP SDU只包含一个MDCP PDU(包含后继指示和M_segment)时,MDCP PDU的长度除去后继指示的长度(2bit)、冗余长度指示的长度(8bit)以及MDCP的SDU的长度(假设为177bit),即可得到 padding(237bit)。
可以理解的是,表2仅为示例,对申请实施例不构成限定。
表3示例性地示出了一个MDCP SDU划分成多个MDCP PDU重组成。
表3
如表3所示,以终端100将一个MDCP SDU分成两个MDCP PDU为例进行说明。如表3所示,终端100在MDCP层接收到一个数据包,作为一个MDCP SDU,其数据长度为2106bit。终端100从物理层获取到编码数据(即图3中示出的code data)的数据长度为512bit、校验位的长度为24bit。因此,终端100可以确定SLC层能够提供的传输能力,即SLC层可以传输的一个SLC PDU的数据长度为编码数据(即图3中示出的code data)的数据长度减去校验位的长度、SLC PDU帧头的长度,即为424bit。然后,终端100根据一个SLC PDU的数据长度可以确定出MDCP SDU的分段数,即可以分为2个MDCP PDU,以及每个MDCP PDU的数据长度(第一个MDCP PDU的数据长度为1694,第二个MDCP PDU的长度为422)、以及padding的长度(例如,2bit)。
可以理解的是,表3仅为示例,对本申请实施例不构成限定。
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议封装架构。
图11A示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议封装架构示意图。
如图11A所示,北斗网络设备200中的北斗短报文传输协议层可以应用层(application layer protocol)、消息汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)、卫星链路控制层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)和物理层(physical layer protocol,PHY)。其中,北斗网络设备200可以包括北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23和北斗短报文融合通信平台24。北斗地面收发站22可用于负责PHY层的协议处理。北斗中心站23可用于负责SLC层和MDCP层的协议处理。北斗短报文融合通信平台24可用于负责APP层的协议处理。
北斗网络设备200发送数据给终端100时,北斗网络设备200中的北斗短报文传输协议的工作流程可以如下:
在APP层,北斗网络设备200可以将原始数据通过压缩算法,压缩成压缩数据,并在压缩数据前面添加压缩指示字段,其中,压缩指示字段可用于表示该压缩数据的压缩算法类型。 之后,北斗网络设备200可以将压缩数据加密,得到加密后数据,并在加密后数据的头部添加加密算法字段,该加密算法字段用于表示该加密后的数据的加密算法类型。北斗网络设备200可以将加密后数据、压缩指示字段、加密指示字段封装成应用层报文下发给MDCP层。其中,该应用层报文可以包括报文头和报文数据。该报文头中可以包括压缩指示字段、加密指示字段等等。该报文数据包括上述加密后数据。
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200在MDCP层将MDCP SDU切分成多个MDCP PDU,北斗网络设备200可以将多个MDCP PDU一并传输到北斗网络设备200的SLC层。
在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200可以通过层间接口获取到APP层下发的应用层报文,并将应用层报文作为一个MDCP SDU。在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200可以将一个MDCP SDU拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据(M_segement),并在每个MDCP分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU,即MDCP PDU包括M_segement和后继指示字段。其中,后继指示字段可用于表示当前的MDCP PDU是连续发送的多个MDCP PDU的起始MDCP PDU或中间MDCP PDU或最后一个MDCP PDU;或者是单独发送的一个MDCP PDU。
在SLC层,北斗网络设备200可以通过层间接口获取到MDCP层下发的MDCP PDU,作为SLC SDU。在SLC层,北斗网络设备200可以将SLC SDU分段成一个或多个(最多4个)固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segement),并在每个S_segement头部添加帧头信息,得到SLC PDU。
在PHY层,北斗网络设备200可以通过层间接口获取到SLC层下发的SLC PDU。北斗网络设备200可以从SLC层获取到一个用户或多个用户的SLC PDU。北斗网络设备200可以将多个用户的SLC PDU拼接在一起,再加上物理帧的帧头(例如版本号)作为PHY层的编码块(code block),并在code block的尾部添加校验位(例如,循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)码),并对code block和CRC码进行编码(例如polar编码),编码后的物理帧加上保留段可以组成一个固定长度的物理时隙的电文支路(S2C_d支路)的编码数据。其中,北斗网络设备200可以将一个用户的多个SLC PDU分别放到不同的物理帧中。然后,北斗网络设备200将S2C_d支路的编码数据和导频支路(S2C_p支路)的导频信息组成导频编码数据,即出站数据。北斗网络设备200可以将出站数据发送给北斗短报文卫星21,经由北斗短报文卫星21中继转发给终端100。
可以理解的是,S2C_p支路的导频信息与卫星波束相关。当卫星波束号时已知信息时,S2C_p支路的导频信息也是已知的,无需解码的。而S2C_d支路的编码数据是需要解码的。
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议解析架构。
图11B示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议解析架构示意图。
如图11B所示,终端100的北斗短报文传输协议层可以分为应用层(application layer protocol)、消息汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)、卫星链路控制层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)和物理层(physical layer protocol,PHY)。
终端100在接收到北斗网络设备发送的数据时,终端100的北斗短报文传输协议层的工作流程可以如下:
在PHY层,终端100可以获取到北斗网络设备200发送的经过调制和扩频后的导频编码数据。终端100可以对接收到的扩频调制数据(spread+modulated data)进行解扩频,得到调制数据(modulated data)。然后,终端100可以对调制数据进行解调,得到导频编码数据(pilot+data)。接着,终端100可以去除导频编码数据中的导频信息,得到编码数据(code data)。然后,终端100可以对编码数据进行解码,并通过校验位字段中的校验数据验证编码块(code block)的完整性。若完整,则终端100可以提取出编码块(code block),通过层间接口呈递给SLC层,作为SLC层的SLC PDU。
这里,该导频编码数据即为上述北斗网络设备200发送的出站数据,该出站数据由S2C_d支路的编码数据和导频支路(S2C_p支路)的导频信息组成。
在SLC层,终端100可以基于SLC PDU的帧头信息,将属于同一个SLC SDU的SLC PDU拼接成一个SLC SDU。终端100可以将SLC SDU通过层间接口呈递给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU。
在MDCP层,终端100可以将属于同一个MDCP SDU的所有MDCP PDU拼接成一个MDCP SDU。终端100可以将MDCP SDU通过层间接口呈递到APP层,作为APP层接收到的应用层报文。
在APP层,终端100可以基于应用层报文的报文头,对应用层报文进行解密、解压缩,得到原始数据。
本申请实施例中,上述协议处理过程仅为示例说明,本申请对协议处理的具体操作不作限定。
下面介绍出站时MDCP层的MDCP SDU的分段处理流程。
下文以北斗网络设备200将一个MDCP SDU分段成一个或多个MDCP PDU为例进行举例说明。北斗网络设备200将一个MDCP SDU分段成一个或多个MDCP PDU可以包括如下步骤:
1、北斗网络设备200的应用层的数据应用压缩和加密后的数据,作为MDCP层的MDCP SDU,该MDCP SDU的数据量可以记为DataSizeOfMsdu;
2、北斗网络设备200可以根据SLC层提供的传输能力,计算一个MDCP SDU的分段数量SegmentNumOfMsdu,MDCP SUD分段得到的每一个MDCP PDU的数据部分;
3、北斗网络设备200根据分段数量SegmentNumOfMsdu和MDCP PDU的序号,确定每一个MDCP PDU的后继指示,最终形成完整的MDCP PDU;其中,后继指示需要表示多个MDCP PDU中首个MDCP PDU,中间的MDCP PDU,以及最后一个MDCP PDU;如果当前SegmentNumOfMsdu=1,则后继指示需要表明当前的MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU;若SegmentNumOfMsdu=4,则后继指示需要4个态,2bit;
4、北斗网络设备200将MDCP PDU通过层间接口传递给SLC层,作为SLC层的SLC SDU。
接下来介绍出站时MDCP层的MDCP PDU的重组处理流程。
下文以终端100将接收到的一个或多个MDCP PDU重新组成一个MDCP SDU为例进行举例说明。终端100将一个或多个MDCP PDU重新组成一个MDCP SDU可以包括如下步骤:
1、在SLC层,终端100根据SLC层的接收到的SLC PDU携带的帧序号和帧总数,以及一 个SLC PDU的帧长,可以计算出一个MDCP PDU数据包的长度。终端100并将计算出的一个MDCP PDU数据包的长度上报给MDCP层。
2、在MDCP层,终端100按照每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段,将接收到的一个或多个MDCP PDU组合成一个完整的MDCP SDU数据包。
若MDCP PDU的后继指示字段表示该MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU,那么终端100将该单独的一个MDCP PDU作为一个MDCP SDU数据包。
若当前MDCP PDU的后继指示位指示当前MDCP PDU不是多个MDCP PDU中第一个MDCP PDU,也不是单独的一个MDCP PDU(即为多个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU或中间的MDCP PDU),终端100将当前接收到的MDCP PDU去掉后继指示字段后与前面接收到的、去掉后继指示字段的MDCP PDU按照顺序进行组包。直至接收到的MDCP PDU的后继指示字段表示当前的MDCP PDU为最后一个MDCP PDU,终端100将最后的一个MDCP PDU去掉后继指示字段后,与前面组包后的数据进行组包,最后得到MDCP SDU数据包。
3、终端100将MDCP SDU传递给应用层进行处理(例如解密和解压缩等等)。
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
图11C示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法的流程示意图。
如图11C所示,该北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法可以包括:
S1101、终端100在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU。
其中,M为正整数;冗余长度指示字段用于指示填充数据的数据长度,M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;终端将第一MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
S1102、终端100发送第一MDCP PDU给北斗网络设备200。
S1103、北斗网络设备200接收到终端发送的M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU。
S1104、北斗网络设备200在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
下面介绍终端100执行的一些可能的实现方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服 务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,具体包括:终端100在应用层生成应用层报文;终端100在所述MDCP层将应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并在第一MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个MDCP PDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100在MDCP层将应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并在第一MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个MDCP PDU之前,该方法还包括:终端100获取原始数据;终端100在应用层将原始数据,进行压缩得到压缩数据;终端100在应用层将压缩数据进行加密得到加密后数据;终端100在加密后数据头部加上报文头信息,得到应用层报文;其中,报文头信息包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示对原始数据压缩时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示对压缩数据加密时使用的加密算法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100将第一MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备,具体包括:终端100将第一MDCP PDU传输至卫星链路控制SLC层,作为SLC层的第一卫星链路控制层服务数据单元SLC SDU;终端100在SLC层将第一SLC SDU分成N个卫星链路控制层协议数据单元SLC PDU,N为正整数;其中,N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括服务数据单元交替指示SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段;SAI字段用于指示第一SLC PDU是否为重传数据,帧总数字段用于指示第一SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量N,帧序号字段用于指示第一SLC PDU在第一SLC SDU中的帧序号;终端100将第一SLC PDU发送给北斗网络设备。
这样,通过SLC PDU的SAI字段的值翻转与否,来表示SLC PDU是否是重传数据,可以保证北斗网络设备识别出接收到的SLC PDU是否是重传数据,保证了北斗通信系统中的数据持续传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100将第一SLC PDU发送给北斗网络设备,具体包括:终端100将第一SLC PDU从SLC层下发至物理PHY层,作为PHY层的第一编码块;终端100在PHY层在第一编码块的尾部添加校验位信息,并对第一编码块和校验位信息进行编码得到第一编码数据;终端100在PHY层在第一编码数据中插入导频信息,得到第一导频数据;终端100在PHY层对第一导频数据和第一导频数据的同步头进行调制,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;终端100在PHY层将第一调制数据和调制同步头进行扩频得到第一扩频调制数据;终端100在PHY层将第一扩频调制数据作为第一物理帧发送给北斗网络设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100根据第一MDCP SDU的数据长度、以及第一物理帧的数据长度确定第一MDCP PDU的数据长度。
这样,终端100可以获知如何将MDCP SDU拆分成多个MDCP PDU。
下面介绍北斗网络设备200执行的一些可能的实现方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:当北斗网络设备200接收到的第二MDCP PDU中后继指示第二MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个时,北斗网络设备200在MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU,并将第一MDCP SDU作为应用层报文从MDCP层上报给应用层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,应用层报文包括报文头信息和加密后数据,报文头信息包括加密指示字段和压缩指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示终端100将原始数据压缩成压缩数据 时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示终端100将压缩数据加密成加密后数据时使用的加密算法;该方法还包括:北斗网络设备200在应用层通过应用层报文中加密指示字段指示的加密算法,对应用层报文中加密后数据进行解密,得到压缩数据;北斗网络设备200在应用层通过应用层报文中压缩指示字段指示的压缩算法,对压缩数据进行解压缩,得到原始数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该还包括:北斗网络设备200在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备200的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备200的MDCP层;其中,N个SLC PDU中包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括服务数据单元交替指示SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段;SAI字段用于指示第一SLC PDU是否为重传数据,帧总数字段用于指示第一SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量N,帧序号字段用于指示第一SLC PDU在第一SLC SDU中的帧序号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备200的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备200的MDCP层之前,该方法还包括:北斗网络设备200在PHY层获取到终端100发送的第一扩频调制数据;北斗网络设备200在PHY层对第一扩频调制数据进行解扩频,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;北斗网络设备200在PHY层对第一调制数据和第一调制同步头解调,得到第一导频数据和第一同步头;北斗网络设备200在PHY层去除第一导频数据中的导频信息,得到第一编码数据;北斗网络设备200在PHY层对第一编码数据进行解码,得到第一编码块和第一校验信息;北斗网络设备200在PHY层基于第一校验信息对第一编码块进行校验,并在校验成功后,将第一编码块作为北斗网络设备200的SLC层中第一SLC SDU中的第一SLC PDU从PHY层呈递给北斗网络设备200的SLC层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:北斗网络设备200在MDCP层去掉M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段后,将M个MDCP PDU按照M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示所指示的顺序将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU。
图11D示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法的流程示意图。
如图11D所示,该北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法可以包括:
S2101、北斗网络设备200在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU。
其中,M为正整数;M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;北斗网络设备200发送第一MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
S2102、北斗网络设备200发送第一MDCP PDU给终端100。
S2103、终端100接收到终端100发送的M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU。
S2104、终端100在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
下面介绍北斗网络设备200执行的一些可能的实现方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,具体包括:北斗网络设备200在应用层生成应用层报文;北斗网络设备200在MDCP层将应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并将第一MDCP SDU分成M个MDCP PDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200在应用层生成应用层报文,具体包括:北斗网络设备200获取原始数据;北斗网络设备200在应用层将原始数据,进行压缩得到压缩数据;北斗网络设备200在应用层将压缩数据进行加密得到加密后数据;北斗网络设备200在加密后数据头部加上报文头信息,得到应用层报文;其中,报文头信息包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示对原始数据压缩时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示对压缩数据加密时使用的加密算法。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200发送所述第一MDCP PDU,具体包括:所述北斗网络设备200将所述第一MDCP PDU传输至所述卫星链路控制SLC层,作为SLC层的第一卫星链路控制层服务数据单元SLC SDU;北斗网络设备200在SLC层将第一SLC SDU分成N个卫星链路控制层协议数据单元SLC PDU,N为正整数;其中,N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括第一用户ID字段和第一帧类型字段,第一用户ID字段用于指示接收第一用户帧的终端100,第一帧类型字段用于指示第一用户帧的帧类型;北斗网络设备200发送第一SLC PDU。
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200发送第一物理帧和第二物理帧,包括:北斗网络设备200在PHY层在第一物理帧的尾部添加第一校验位信息,并对第一物理帧和第一校验位信息进行编码得到第一编码数据,在第二物理帧的尾部添加第二校验位信息,并对第二物理帧和第二校验位信息进行编码得到第二编码数据;北斗网络设备200在PHY层对第一编码数据和第一编码数据的第一保留字段进行调制得到第一调制数据,对第二编码数据和第二编码数据的第二保留字段进行调制得到第二调制数据;北斗网络设备200在PHY层对第一调制数据进行扩频得到第一扩频调制数据,对第二调制数据进行扩频得到第二扩频调制数据;北斗网络设备200在PHY层发送第一扩频调制数据和第一扩频调制数据的第一导频信息、以及第二扩频调制数据和第二扩频调制数据的第二导频信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:北斗网络设备200根据第一MDCP SDU的数据长度、以及第一物理帧的数据长度确定第一MDCP PDU的数据长度。
这样,北斗网络设备200可以获知如何将MDCP SDU拆分成多个MDCP PDU。
下面介绍终端100执行的一些可能的实现方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:当终端100接收到的第二MDCP PDU中后继指示第二MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个时,终端100在MDCP层将 M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU,并将第一MDCP SDU作为应用层报文从MDCP层上报给应用层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,应用层报文包括报文头信息和加密后数据,报文头信息包括加密指示字段和压缩指示字段,压缩指示字段用于指示终端100将原始数据压缩成压缩数据时使用的压缩算法,加密指示字段用于指示终端100将压缩数据加密成加密后数据时使用的加密算法;该方法还包括:终端100在应用层通过应用层报文中加密指示字段指示的加密算法,对应用层报文中加密后数据进行解密,得到压缩数据;终端100在应用层通过应用层报文中压缩指示字段指示的压缩算法,对压缩数据进行解压缩,得到原始数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:北斗网络设备200在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备200的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备200的MDCP层;其中,N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括第一用户ID字段和第一帧类型字段,第一用户ID字段用于指示接收第一用户帧的终端100,第一帧类型字段用于指示第一用户帧的帧类型。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100在SLC层将N个SLC PDU拼接成第一SLC SDU,并将第一SLC SDU作为第一MDCP PDU从北斗网络设备200的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备200的MDCP层之前,该方法还可以包括:终端100在所述PHY层获取到终端100发送的第一扩频调制数据;终端100在PHY层对第一扩频调制数据进行解扩频,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;终端100在PHY层对第一调制数据和第一调制同步头解调,得到第一导频数据和第一同步头;终端100在PHY层去除第一导频数据中的导频信息,得到第一编码数据;北斗网络设备200在PHY层对第一编码数据进行解码,得到第一编码块物理帧和第一校验信息;终端100在所述PHY层基于第一校验信息对第一编码块进行校验,并在校验成功后,将第一编码块中ID字段与终端100ID相同的第一用户帧作为终端100的SLC层中第一SLC SDU中的第一SLC PDU从PHY层呈递给终端100的SLC层。
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:终端100在MDCP层去掉M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段后,将M个MDCP PDU按照M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示所指示的顺序将M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU。
下面首先介绍本申请实施例提供的示例性终端100。
图12是本申请实施例提供的终端100的结构示意图。
下面以终端100为例对实施例进行具体说明。应该理解的是,终端100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。
终端100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传 感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
其中,控制器可以是终端100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现终端100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向 无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现终端100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现终端100的显示功能。
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。
SIM接口可以被用于与SIM卡接口195通信,实现传送数据到SIM卡或读取SIM卡中数据的功能。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为终端100充电,也可以用于终端100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对终端100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。
终端100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的 器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)、北斗通信等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
在一些实施例中,终端100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得终端100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术、以及北斗通信技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。
其中,终端100可以通过该北斗通信技术与北斗网络设备200进行通信。可选地,该北斗通信技术可存在于一个独立的芯片中,也可以集成在该无线通信模块160中。
终端100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。
终端100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,颜色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体 (complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当终端100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。终端100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,终端100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现终端100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。
内部存储器121可以包括一个或多个随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)和一个或多个非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory,NVM)。
随机存取存储器可以包括静态随机存储器(static random-access memory,SRAM)、动态随机存储器(dynamic random access memory,DRAM)、同步动态随机存储器(synchronous dynamic random access memory,SDRAM)、双倍资料率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory,DDR SDRAM,例如第五代DDR SDRAM一般称为DDR5SDRAM)等;
非易失性存储器可以包括磁盘存储器件、快闪存储器(flash memory)。
快闪存储器按照运作原理划分可以包括NOR FLASH、NAND FLASH、3D NAND FLASH等,按照存储单元电位阶数划分可以包括单阶存储单元(single-level cell,SLC)、多阶存储单元(multi-level cell,MLC)、三阶储存单元(triple-level cell,TLC)、四阶储存单元(quad-level cell,QLC)等,按照存储规范划分可以包括通用闪存存储(英文:universal flash storage,UFS)、嵌入式多媒体存储卡(embedded multi media Card,eMMC)等。
随机存取存储器可以由处理器110直接进行读写,可以用于存储操作系统或其他正在运行中的程序的可执行程序(例如机器指令),还可以用于存储用户及应用程序的数据等。
非易失性存储器也可以存储可执行程序和存储用户及应用程序的数据等,可以提前加载到随机存取存储器中,用于处理器110直接进行读写。
终端100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发 送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。终端100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,终端100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。终端100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定终端100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定终端100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测终端100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消终端100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,终端100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。终端100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当终端100是翻盖机时,终端100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。
加速度传感器180E可检测终端100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当终端100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。终端100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,终端100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。终端100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。终端100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定终端100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,终端100可以确定终端100附近没有物体。终端100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持终端100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。终端100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调 节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测终端100是否在口袋里,以防误触。
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。终端100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,终端100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,终端100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,终端100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致终端100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,终端100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于终端100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。终端100可以接收按键输入,产生与终端100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和终端100的接触和分离。终端100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。终端100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。
上述内容详细阐述了本申请提供的方法,为了便于更好地实施本申请实施例的上述方案,本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置或设备。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端100和北斗网络设备200进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
下面将结合图13至图16详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。
在采用集成的单元的情况下,参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1300的结构示意图。该通信装置1300可以为上述实施例中的终端100。可选的,通信装置1300可 以为一种芯片/芯片系统,例如,北斗通信芯片。如图13所示,该通信装置1300可以包括收发单元1310和处理单元1320。
一种设计中,收发单元1310,可用于接收北斗网络设备200发送的MDCP PDU,还用于向北斗网络设备200发送MDCP PDU。
处理单元1320,可用于在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU。
处理单元1320,还可用于在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
可选的,收发单元1310,还可用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示方法实施例中终端100执行的有关发送和接收的功能步骤。
可选的,处理单元1320,还可用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示方法实施例中终端100执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤。
应理解,该种设计中的通信装置1300可对应执行前述实施例中终端100执行的方法步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
在采用集成的单元的情况下,参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1400的结构示意图。该通信装置1400可以为上述实施例中的北斗网络设备200。可选的,通信装置1400可以为北斗网络设备200中的具体网元,例如,北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23、北斗短报文融合通信平台24中的一个网元或多个网元的组合。如图14所示,该通信装置1400可以包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。
一种设计中,收发单元1410,可用于发送MDCP PDU给终端100,以及接收终端100发送的MDCP PDU。
处理单元1420,可以用于在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU。
其中,M为正整数;M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,后继指示字段用于指示第一MDCP PDU在M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;北斗网络设备200发送第一MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,第一值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,第二值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;M大于1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,第三值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
其中,在一种可能的实现方式中,M为1,第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,第四值用于指示第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
处理单元1420,还可以用于在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
可选的,收发单元1410,还可用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示方法实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关发送和接收的功能步骤。
可选的,处理单元1420,还可用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示方法实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤。
应理解,该种设计中的通信装置1400可对应执行前述实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的方法步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
以上介绍了本申请实施例的终端100和北斗网络设备200,应理解,但凡具备上述图12所述的终端100的功能的任何形态的产品,但凡具备上述图13所述的北斗网络设备200的功能的任何形态的产品,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的终端100,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。
参见图15,图15是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1500的结构示意图。该通信装置1500可以是终端100,或其中的装置。如图15所示,该通信装置1500包括处理器1501和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器1502。其中,处理器1501是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是卫星通信的基带处理器或中央处理器。卫星通信的基带处理器可以用于对卫星通信协议以及卫星通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基带芯片,终端、终端芯片等)进行控制,执行计算机程序,处理计算机程序的数据。收发器1502可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1502可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。可选的,通信装置1500还可以包括天线1503和/或射频单元(图未示意)。所述天线1503和/或射频单元可以位于所述通信装置1500内部,也可以与所述通信装置1400分离,即所述天线1503和/或射频单元可以是拉远或分布式部署的。
可选的,通信装置1500中可以包括一个或多个存储器1504,其上可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,所述计算机程序可在通信装置1500上被运行,使得通信装置1500执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1504中还可以存储有数据。通信装置1500和存储器1504可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。
其中,处理器1501、收发器1502、以及存储器1504可以通过通信总线连接。
一种设计中,通信装置1500可以用于执行前述实施例中终端100的功能:处理器1501可以用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示实施例中终端100执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程;收发器1502可以用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示实施例中终端100执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1501中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1501可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,计算机程序在处理器1501上运行,可使得通信装置1500执行上述方法实施例中终端100执行的方法步骤。计算机程序可能固化在处理器1501中,该种情况下,处理器1501可能由硬件实现。
在一种实现方式中,通信装置1500可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(bipolar junction transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。
本申请中描述的通信装置的范围并不限于此,而且通信装置的结构可以不受图15的限制。通信装置1500可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置1500可以是:
(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,计算机程序的存储部件;
(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;
(5)接收机、终端、智能终端、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;
(6)其他等等。
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的北斗网络设备200中的任一网元(例如、北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23、北斗短报文融合通信平台24),可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。
参见图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1600的结构示意图。该通信装置1600可以是北斗网络设备200,或其中的装置。如图16所示,该通信装置1600包括处理器1601和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器1602。其中,处理器1601是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是卫星通信的基带处理器或中央处理器。卫星通信的基带处理器可以用于对卫星通信协议以及卫星通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基带芯片等)进行控制,执行计算机程序,处理计算机程序的数据。收发器1602可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1602可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。可选的,通信装置1600还可以包括天线1603和/或射频单元(图未示意)。所述天线1603和/或射频单元可以位于所述通信装置1600内部,也可以与所述通信装置1600分离,即所述天线1603和/或射频单元可以是拉远或分布式部署的。
可选的,通信装置1600中可以包括一个或多个存储器1604,其上可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,所述计算机程序可在通信装置1600上被运行,使得通信装置1600执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1604中还可以存储有数据。通信装置1600和存储器1604可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。
其中,处理器1601、收发器1602、以及存储器1604可以通过通信总线连接。
一种设计中,通信装置1600可以用于执行前述实施例中北斗网络设备200的功能:处理器1601可以用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程;收发器1602可以用于执行上述图11C和图11D所示实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1601中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1601可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,计算机程序在处理器1601上运行,可使得通信装置1600执行上述方法实施例中终端100执行的方法步骤。计算机程序可能固化在处理器1601中,该种情况下,处理器1601可能由硬件实现。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序代码,当上述处理器执行该计算机程序代码时,使得通信装置执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在,该装置的结构中包括处理器和接口电路,该处理器用于通过接收电路与其它装置通信,使得该装置执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种北斗通信系统,包括终端100和北斗网络设备200,该终端100和北斗网络设备200可以执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请全文介绍了北斗通信系统中短报文的通信功能,可以理解的是,其他卫星系统中也可能存在支持短报文的通信功能。因此,不限制在北斗通信系统中,若有其他卫星系统也支持短报文的通信功能,本申请中介绍的方法,也同样适用于其他卫星系统的通信。
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。
上述实施例中所用,根据上下文,术语“当…时”可以被解释为意思是“如果…”或“在…后”或“响应于确定…”或“响应于检测到…”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“在确定…时”或“如果检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释为意思是“如果确定…”或“响应于确定…”或“在检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”。
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算 机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘)等。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。
Claims (41)
- 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,其特征在于,包括:终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中,所述冗余长度指示字段用于指示所述填充数据的数据长度,所述M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,所述第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,所述后继指示字段用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU在所述M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;所述终端将所述第一MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备。
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,所述第三值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求1或2任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M为1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,所述第四值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,具体包括:所述终端在应用层生成应用层报文;所述终端在所述MDCP层将所述应用层报文作为所述第一MDCP SDU,并在所述第一MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成所述M个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在所述MDCP层将所述应用层报文作为所述第一MDCP SDU,并在所述第一MDCP SDU加入填充数据和冗余长度指示字段后,分成所述M个MDCP PDU之前,所述方法还包括:所述终端获取原始数据;所述终端在所述应用层将所述原始数据,进行压缩得到压缩数据;所述终端在所述应用层将所述压缩数据进行加密得到加密后数据;所述终端在所述加密后数据头部加上报文头信息,得到所述应用层报文;其中,所述报文头信息包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段,所述压缩指示字段用于指示对所述原始数据压缩时使用的压缩算法,所述加密指示字段用于指示对所述压缩数据加密时使用的加密算法。
- 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端将所述第一MDCP PDU发送给北斗网络设备,具体包括:所述终端将所述第一MDCP PDU传输至所述卫星链路控制SLC层,作为SLC层的第一卫星链路控制层服务数据单元SLC SDU;所述终端在所述SLC层将所述第一SLC SDU分成N个卫星链路控制层协议数据单元SLC PDU,N为正整数;其中,所述N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,所述第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括服务数据单元交替指示SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段;所述SAI字段用于指示所述第一SLC PDU是否为重传数据,所述帧总数字段用于指示所述第一SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量N,所述帧序号字段用于指示所述第一SLC PDU在所述第一SLC SDU中的帧序号;所述终端将所述第一SLC PDU发送给北斗网络设备。
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端将所述第一SLC PDU发送给北斗网络设备,具体包括:所述终端将所述第一SLC PDU从SLC层下发至物理PHY层,作为所述PHY层的第一编码块;所述终端在所述PHY层在所述第一编码块的尾部添加校验位信息,并对所述第一编码块和所述校验位信息进行编码得到第一编码数据;所述终端在所述PHY层在所述第一编码数据中插入导频信息,得到第一导频数据;所述终端在所述PHY层对所述第一导频数据和所述第一导频数据的同步头进行调制,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;所述终端在所述PHY层将所述第一调制数据和调制同步头进行扩频得到第一扩频调制数据;所述终端在所述PHY层将所述第一扩频调制数据作为第一物理帧发送给所述北斗网络设备。
- 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:所述终端根据所述第一MDCP SDU的数据长度、以及所述第一物理帧的数据长度确定所述第一MDCP PDU的数据长度。
- 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,其特征在于,包括:北斗网络设备接到终端发送的M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中,所述M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,所述第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,所述后继指示字段用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU在所述M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;所述北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
- 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,所述第二值用于指示 所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,所述第三值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,所述第四值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:当所述北斗网络设备接收到的第二MDCP PDU中后继指示所述第二MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个时,所述北斗网络设备在所述MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU,并将所述第一MDCP SDU作为应用层报文从所述MDCP层上报给应用层。
- 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应用层报文包括报文头信息和加密后数据,所述报文头信息包括加密指示字段和压缩指示字段,所述压缩指示字段用于指示所述终端将原始数据压缩成压缩数据时使用的压缩算法,所述加密指示字段用于指示所述终端将所述压缩数据加密成加密后数据时使用的加密算法;所述方法还包括:所述北斗网络设备在所述应用层通过所述应用层报文中加密指示字段指示的加密算法,对所述应用层报文中所述加密后数据进行解密,得到所述压缩数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述应用层通过所述应用层报文中压缩指示字段指示的压缩算法,对所述压缩数据进行解压缩,得到所述原始数据。
- 根据权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:所述北斗网络设备在SLC层将所述N个SLC PDU拼接成所述第一SLC SDU,并将所述第一SLC SDU作为所述第一MDCP PDU从所述北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层;其中,所述N个SLC PDU中包括第一SLC PDU,所述第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括服务数据单元交替指示SAI字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段;所述SAI字段用于指示所述第一SLC PDU是否为重传数据,所述帧总数字段用于指示所述第一SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量N,所述帧序号字段用于指示所述第一SLC PDU在所述第一SLC SDU中的帧序号。
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备在SLC层将所述N个SLC PDU拼接成所述第一SLC SDU,并将所述第一SLC SDU作为所述第一MDCP PDU从所述北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层之前,所述方法还包括:所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层获取到终端发送的第一扩频调制数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层对所述第一扩频调制数据进行解扩频,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层对所述第一调制数据和所述第一调制同步头解调,得到第一导频数据和第一同步头;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层去除所述第一导频数据中的导频信息,得到第一编码数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层对所述第一编码数据进行解码,得到第一编码块和第一校验信息;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层基于所述第一校验信息对所述第一编码块进行校验,并在校验成功后,将所述第一编码块作为所述北斗网络设备的SLC层中所述第一SLC SDU中的所述第一SLC PDU从所述PHY层呈递给所述北斗网络设备的SLC层。
- 根据权利要求9-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:所述北斗网络设备在MDCP层去掉所述M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段后,将所述M个MDCP PDU按照所述M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示所指示的顺序将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU。
- 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,其特征在于,包括:北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中,所述M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,所述第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,所述后继指示字段用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU在所述M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;所述北斗网络设备发送所述第一MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,所述第三值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求17或18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于所述M为1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,所述第四值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求17-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU分成M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,具体包括:所述北斗网络设备在应用层生成应用层报文;所述北斗网络设备在所述MDCP层将所述应用层报文作为第一MDCP SDU,并将所述第一MDCP SDU分成M个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备在应用层生成应用层报文,具体包括:所述北斗网络设备获取原始数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述应用层将所述原始数据,进行压缩得到压缩数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述应用层将所述压缩数据进行加密得到加密后数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述加密后数据头部加上报文头信息,得到所述应用层报文;其中,所述报文头信息包括压缩指示字段和加密指示字段,所述压缩指示字段用于指示对所述原始数据压缩时使用的压缩算法,所述加密指示字段用于指示对所述压缩数据加密时使用的加密算法。
- 根据权利要求17-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备发送所述第一MDCP PDU,具体包括:所述北斗网络设备将所述第一MDCP PDU传输至所述卫星链路控制SLC层,作为SLC层的第一卫星链路控制层服务数据单元SLC SDU;所述北斗网络设备在所述SLC层将所述第一SLC SDU分成N个卫星链路控制层协议数据单元SLC PDU,N为正整数;其中,所述N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,所述第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括第一用户ID字段和第一帧类型字段,所述第一用户ID字段用于指示接收所述第一用户帧的终端,所述第一帧类型字段用于指示所述第一用户帧的帧类型;所述北斗网络设备发送所述第一SLC PDU。
- 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述N个SLC PDU还包括第二SLC PDU,所述北斗网络设备将所述第一SLC PDU发送给终端,包括:所述北斗网络设备将所述第一SLC PDU和所述第二SLC PDU下发至物理PHY层;所述北斗网络设备在PHY层将所述第一SLC PDU生成第一物理帧,将所述第二SLC PUD生成第二物理帧;所述北斗网络设备发送所述第一物理帧和所述第二物理帧。
- 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备发送所述第一物理帧和所述第二物理帧,包括:所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层在所述第一物理帧的尾部添加第一校验位信息,并对所述第一物理帧和所述第一校验位信息进行编码得到第一编码数据,在所述第二物理帧的尾部添加第二校验位信息,并对所述第二物理帧和所述第二校验位信息进行编码得到第二编码数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层对所述第一编码数据和所述第一编码数据的第一保留字段进行调制得到第一调制数据,对所述第二编码数据和所述第二编码数据的第二保留字段进行调制得到第二调制数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层对所述第一调制数据进行扩频得到第一扩频调制数据, 对所述第二调制数据进行扩频得到第二扩频调制数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层发送所述第一扩频调制数据和所述第一扩频调制数据的第一导频信息、以及所述第二扩频调制数据和所述第二扩频调制数据的第二导频信息。
- 根据权利要求17-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:所述北斗网络设备根据所述第一MDCP SDU的数据长度、以及所述第一物理帧的数据长度确定所述第一MDCP PDU的数据长度。
- 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法,其特征在于,包括:终端接到北斗网络设备发送的M个数据汇聚层服务协议数据单元MDCP PDU,M为正整数;其中所述M个MDCP PDU中包括第一MDCP PDU,所述第一MDCP PDU的包头信息包括后继指示字段,所述后继指示字段用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU在所述M个MDCP PDU中的顺序;所述终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU。
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第一值,所述第一值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的第一个MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第二值,所述第二值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的中间的MDCP PDU;所述M大于1,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第三值,所述第三值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一MDCP PDU的后继指示字段为第四值,所述第四值用于指示所述第一MDCP PDU为单独的一个MDCP PDU。
- 根据权利要求26-28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:当所述终端接收到的第二MDCP PDU中后继指示所述第二MDCP PDU为所述M个MDCP PDU中的最后一个时,所述终端在所述MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU,并将所述第一MDCP SDU作为应用层报文从所述MDCP层上报给应用层。
- 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述应用层报文包括报文头信息和加密后数据,所述报文头信息包括加密指示字段和压缩指示字段,所述压缩指示字段用于指示所述终端将原始数据压缩成压缩数据时使用的压缩算法,所述加密指示字段用于指示所述终端将所述压缩数据加密成加密后数据时使用的加密算法;所述方法还包括:所述终端在所述应用层通过所述应用层报文中加密指示字段指示的加密算法,对所述应用层报文中所述加密后数据进行解密,得到所述压缩数据;所述终端在所述应用层通过所述应用层报文中压缩指示字段指示的压缩算法,对所述压缩数据进行解压缩,得到所述原始数据。
- 根据权利要求26-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:所述北斗网络设备在SLC层将所述N个SLC PDU拼接成所述第一SLC SDU,并将所述第一SLC SDU作为所述第一MDCP PDU从所述北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层;其中,所述N个SLC PDU包括第一SLC PDU,所述第一SLC PDU的帧头信息包括第一用户ID字段和第一帧类型字段,所述第一用户ID字段用于指示接收所述第一用户帧的终端,所述第一帧类型字段用于指示所述第一用户帧的帧类型。
- 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在SLC层将所述N个SLC PDU拼接成所述第一SLC SDU,并将所述第一SLC SDU作为所述第一MDCP PDU从所述北斗网络设备的SLC层上报给北斗网络设备的MDCP层之前,所述方法还包括:所述终端在所述PHY层获取到终端发送的第一扩频调制数据;所述终端在所述PHY层对所述第一扩频调制数据进行解扩频,得到第一调制数据和第一调制同步头;所述终端在所述PHY层对所述第一调制数据和所述第一调制同步头解调,得到第一导频数据和第一同步头;所述终端在所述PHY层去除所述第一导频数据中的导频信息,得到第一编码数据;所述北斗网络设备在所述PHY层对所述第一编码数据进行解码,得到第一编码块物理帧和第一校验信息;所述终端在所述PHY层基于所述第一校验信息对所述第一编码块进行校验,并在校验成功后,将所述第一编码块中ID字段与所述终端ID相同的第一用户帧作为所述终端的SLC层中所述第一SLC SDU中的所述第一SLC PDU从所述PHY层呈递给所述终端的SLC层。
- 根据权利要求26-32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在消息数据汇聚MDCP层将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一消息数据汇聚层服务数据单元MDCP SDU,包括:所述终端在MDCP层去掉所述M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段后,将所述M个MDCP PDU按照所述M个MDCP PDU中每个MDCP PDU的后继指示字段所指示的顺序将所述M个MDCP PDU拼接成第一MDCP SDU。
- 一种北斗通信系统,其特征在于,包括北斗网络设备和终端;其中;所述终端用于执行如上述权利要求1-8、和/或权利要求26-33中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法;所述北斗网络设备用于执行如上述权利要求9-16、和/或权利要求17-25中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器和收发器;其中,所述收发器、所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器在执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求9-16、和/或权利要求17-25 中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
- 根据权利要求35所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为北斗网络设备。
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器、收发器;其中,所述收发器、所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器在执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-8、和/或权利要求26-33中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
- 根据权利要求37所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为终端。
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求9-16、和/或权利要求17-25中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-8、和/或权利要求26-33中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
- 一种芯片或芯片系统,应用于终端,其特征在于,包括处理电路和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理电路,所述处理电路用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1-8、和/或权利要求26-33中任一项所述的一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法。
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP22852042.5A EP4355019A1 (en) | 2021-07-31 | 2022-07-29 | Data transmission control method and system in beidou communication system, and related apparatus |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202110877288.0A CN115694597A (zh) | 2021-07-31 | 2021-07-31 | 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 |
CN202110877288.0 | 2021-07-31 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023011329A1 true WO2023011329A1 (zh) | 2023-02-09 |
Family
ID=85059938
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/108771 WO2023011329A1 (zh) | 2021-07-31 | 2022-07-29 | 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP4355019A1 (zh) |
CN (1) | CN115694597A (zh) |
WO (1) | WO2023011329A1 (zh) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024169725A1 (zh) * | 2023-02-14 | 2024-08-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | 一种通信方法及装置 |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN118264304A (zh) * | 2023-03-15 | 2024-06-28 | 华为技术有限公司 | 一种通信方法、设备和服务器 |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102315923A (zh) * | 2011-09-01 | 2012-01-11 | 中国空间技术研究院 | 一种3g卫星通信系统无线链路控制方法 |
CN104683017A (zh) * | 2015-03-24 | 2015-06-03 | 重庆邮电大学 | 一种卫星移动通信rlc层am模式传输方法 |
US20180205662A1 (en) * | 2017-01-16 | 2018-07-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for processing data in wireless communication system |
WO2021146863A1 (zh) * | 2020-01-20 | 2021-07-29 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | 通信方法、装置及设备 |
-
2021
- 2021-07-31 CN CN202110877288.0A patent/CN115694597A/zh active Pending
-
2022
- 2022-07-29 EP EP22852042.5A patent/EP4355019A1/en active Pending
- 2022-07-29 WO PCT/CN2022/108771 patent/WO2023011329A1/zh active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102315923A (zh) * | 2011-09-01 | 2012-01-11 | 中国空间技术研究院 | 一种3g卫星通信系统无线链路控制方法 |
CN104683017A (zh) * | 2015-03-24 | 2015-06-03 | 重庆邮电大学 | 一种卫星移动通信rlc层am模式传输方法 |
US20180205662A1 (en) * | 2017-01-16 | 2018-07-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for processing data in wireless communication system |
WO2021146863A1 (zh) * | 2020-01-20 | 2021-07-29 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | 通信方法、装置及设备 |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
LIU FEI, LIN LIN; XU WEN-JIANG: "Monitoring data transmission technology based on Beidou RDSS", XINXI JISHU = INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, XINXI CHANYEBU DIANZI XINXI ZHONGXIN, CN, 31 January 2020 (2020-01-31), CN , XP093032127, ISSN: 1009-2552, DOI: 10.13274/j.cnki.hdzj.2020.01.004 * |
TANG YIFANG, ZHONG DA-FU: "Improved Algorithm about Long Message Transmission Mechanism of Beidou Navigation Satellite System Based on Data Redundancy", COMMAND CONTROL & SIMULATION, vol. 38, no. 1, 29 February 2016 (2016-02-29), pages 61 - 65, XP093032129, ISSN: 1673-3819, DOI: 10.3969/j.issn.1673-3819.2016.01.014 * |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024169725A1 (zh) * | 2023-02-14 | 2024-08-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | 一种通信方法及装置 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115694597A (zh) | 2023-02-03 |
EP4355019A1 (en) | 2024-04-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2023011329A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中数据传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011362A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中出站传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011380A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中多帧融合传输方法及相关装置 | |
WO2023011376A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中密钥更新方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011379A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中入站传输控制方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011478A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中的数据压缩方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023185893A1 (zh) | 一种卫星信号捕获方法及相关装置 | |
WO2023025075A1 (zh) | 北斗通信系统中出站数据传输方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN115696237A (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中加密方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023030152A1 (zh) | 一种切换网络的方法及相关装置 | |
WO2023011605A1 (zh) | 北斗通信系统中的信件下载查询方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN115706603A (zh) | 北斗通信系统中紧凑传输方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN116032336A (zh) | 北斗通信系统中波束选择方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN115842799A (zh) | 北斗通信系统中的信箱概况查询方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011377A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中应用层回执传输方法、系统及装置 | |
WO2023083027A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中的参数更新方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011594A1 (zh) | 北斗通信系统中的信箱概况查询方法、系统及相关装置 | |
WO2023011603A1 (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中位置上报方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN115706605A (zh) | 北斗通信系统中入站调度方法及相关装置 | |
CN115842800B (zh) | 北斗通信系统中的信件下载查询方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN117424678A (zh) | 北斗通信系统中入站压缩传输方法、系统及装置 | |
CN115941016A (zh) | 北斗通信系统中紧凑反馈方法、系统及相关装置 | |
CN115707034A (zh) | 一种北斗通信系统中的数据压缩方法、系统及相关装置 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22852042 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2022852042 Country of ref document: EP |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022852042 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20240112 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |